Английский язык Учебник 8 класс Биболетова Трубанева

На сайте Учебники-тетради-читать.ком ученик найдет электронные учебники ФГОС и рабочие тетради в формате pdf (пдф). Данные книги можно бесплатно скачать для ознакомления, а также читать онлайн с компьютера или планшета (смартфона, телефона).
Student's book (стьюденс стьюдент бук) - Английский язык Учебник 8 класс Биболетова Трубанева - 2014-2015-2016-2017 год - Серия Enjoy English (Энджой инглиш):


Читать онлайн (cкачать в формате PDF) - Щелкни!
<Вернуться> | <Пояснение: Как скачать?>

Текст из книги:
М. 3. Биболетова, Н. Н. Трубанева ИИ язык iffi)g)DDsl}fl j Учебник для 8 класса общеобразовательных учреждений Рекомендовано Министерством образования и науки Российской Федерации к использованию в образовательном процессе в образовательных учреждениях, реализующих образовательные программы общего образования и имеющих государственную аккредитацию (соответствует федеральному государственному образовательному стандарту основного общего образования) 2 е издание, исправленное и переработанное издАгельство т и т у л т 1 т и L PUBLISHERS 2013 вьк УДК «1.2АНГЛ-922 Б59 802.0(075.3) Учебно-методический комплект “Английский с удовольствием” / “Enjoy English” (8 класс) состоит из следующих компонентов: учебника книги для учителя рабочей тетради аудиоприложения (CD MP3) обучающей компьютерной программы По вопросам приобретения УМК “Enjoy English” (8 класс) следует обращаться в издательство „Тт ул“: тел.: (48439) 9-10-09, факс: (48439) 9* Ю-Ьо. e-mail: pochU(^‘^titul.ru (книга почтой). umkS^tUul.ru (оптовые покупатели). Ьнболстона М. 3., Трубанева Н. Н. Б59 Английский язык: Английский с уяовольствие.м / Enjoy English: Учебник для 8 кл. общеобраз. учрежл.— 2-е изд., исправ. it перераб.— Обнинск: Тпт\л, 2013.- 168 с.: ил. ISBN 978-5-86866-600-1 Учебник “Английский с удовольствие.м” (8 класс) продолжает серию учебников с эти.м же на.шанием и является одним из компонентов У.МК. Учебник состоит из четырех разделов. каждый из которых рассчитан на одну четверть. В процессе обучения предусматривается ра.знитие сфор.мированных ранее ком.муии-кагивных умений учащихся в говорении, понимании на слух, чтении и письме. При .этом акцент делается на развитие интел.лектуальных познавательных способностей школьников. на фор.мир1тванме у них потребности пользоваться английским языко.м как сред-ство.м общения, на развитие стре.мления к взаимопониманию с представителями иной культ\*ры и умения представлять культуру собственной страны. Содержащийся в учебнике разнообразный аутентичный материал интересен и до-стл’пен подростка.м 14-15 лет. Поми.мо материала для взаимосвязанного обучения всем видам устного и письменного общения в учебник включены задания для самоконтроля и справочный .материал. Учебник построен в русле личностно-ориентированного, ко.м.муникативно-когнитив-ного подхода к о6>'чснню иностранны.м языкам и отвечает требованиям федерального государственного образовательного стандарта. Учебник .может быть использован в составе любой системы учебников, в том числе в систе.ме “Школа 2100*. ББК81.2АНГЛ-922 ISBN 978-5-86866-600-1 С Виболетова М. 3.. Трубанева Н. Н.. 2002. © Издательство ’‘Тит^'л" дизайн, воспроизведение, распространение, 2002. О Бибо.летова ,М. 3.. Трубанева Н. Н., 2012. с из.ченсниями. © Издательство “Титул”, дизайн, воспроизведение, распространение. 2012, с именениями. Contents Unit 1 I7_ It's a wonderful planet we live on Page 6 The world's best friend is you Page 42 Section Grammar focus Function Vocabulary i. After rain comes fine weather Sentences beginning with “It’s ..." (review) Present / Past / Future simple (review) Stating likes f dislikes Making comparisons Writing a postcard Weather The names of the countries and capitals (review) 2. Were part of the universe “'Ihc” with the unique things and objects Stating personal beliefs Describing positive and negative features Filling in (he form Space (the universe, planets) 3. Who is there? Fast continuous tense Expressing opinions Writing a story Space travels 4. Hxploring space For and Since (Present perfect and Present perfect continuous) Stating facts and opinions Describing positive and negative features Space and science 5. Is the Perth a dangerous place? Past simple and Past continuous (review) Describing disasters Stating facts Giving warnings Natural disasters 6. Surviving with optimism Past perfect Storytelling by (the time) 7.'Ihis Karth was made for you and me Large numbers (review) Past simple / Past continuous / Past perfect (review) Stating facts Describing places Expressing opinions Writing a story Worlds Geographical Champions 1 .Ihe Farth needs a friend, doesn’t it? "The” with features of the environment (review) Nouns ending with: ■tion Adjectives ending with; ■a! Stating facts Giving reasons and explanations Stating environmental problems Notices Cicographical names Fnvironmcnlal problems 2. Conditional 11 and 111 Conditional 11: If + Past simple + would •f Infinitive Conditional III: If + Past perfect -i-would have + Infinitive Situations in the present, past or future Stating opinions Environment 3. What’s wrong with us? be (get) used to smth / doing smth Stating vital problems Giving personal information Giving advice Serious problems of our day 4. Why throw away? Why not recycle? Conditional II and 111: combined sentences Discussing possibilities Recycling 5. What can we do to save the Earth? A 4 Aing (avoid doing smth) Discussing ways of saving the Earth Expressing opinions Giving advice Writing a script for a film Environmental problems Unit Section Grammar focus Function Vocabulary Mass media: good or bad? is the media? Abbreviations Uncountable nouns Expressing opinions Making comparisons Mass media Abbreviations British / American English Page 64 2. V\Tiai do you think of television? hav e / has always dreamed of doing smth Homophones Giving reasons and explanations Expressing opinions TV programmes Knowledge Quiz 3. Do you read newspapers on Sundays? Conditional I (review) Giving reasons and explanations Stating likes / dislikes Nev\'spapers Magazines 4. What Is the Internet? Synonyms Expressing opinions. Discussing pros and cons. Writing a summary The Internet 5. b being a reporter a dangerous job? W/i-queslions (review) Who 1 What When • ever Where How J Giving reasons and explanations Storytelling Writing a biography Professions Biographies 6. Arc books the media, too? Д + Aing (enjoy / prefer / love / like / start / try doing smth) Stating likes / dislikes Expressing opinions Kinds of Books 7. Reported speech Direct Speech and Reported Speech (statements, questions, commands) Interviewing Reporting on the results of the interview Books Verbs, which are often used to report speech 8. Try yoursdf as a writer Su№c -less that / which / who (resiew) Seeking factual information Stating likes ■ dislikes Writing a biography \N'riters Reference books 4 Trying to become a 1. W^o is a successful person? Present / Past simple Past perfect Past simple passive (review) Describing people F.xpressing opinions Characteristics Biographies successful person Page 100 2. Family is a good start Complex Object: make smb do smth ask 1 want r smb to do smth tell 1 Describing people and relationships Describing feelings Stating opinions Giving advice Characteristics Relationships 3. What is bullying? Complex Object Conditional II (review) Discussing purposes Expressing opinions Giving advice Writing a letter Bullying 4. WTiy are family holidays important? Past simple / Past continuous / Past perfect (review) Stating likes / dislikes Congratulating Writing a postcard Holidays Congratulations 5. Is it easy to be independent? Expressions with do and make Discussing pros and cons Giving advice Writing a story Saturday jobs Appendix Grammar reference...........................................................................121 List of irregular verbs....................................................................132 Pronunciation table.........................................................................134 Learning strategies.........................................................................135 Cultural guide..............................................................................137 List of personal names......................................................................141 List of geographical names..................................................................142 Vocabulary..................................................................................144 Условные обозначения — упражнение на слушание - работа в парах 0 — работа в группах Я — задание повышенной сложности — работа с Интернетом I It's a wonderful planet we live on Ш After rain comes fine weather 1 Listen and read the poem. What’s the main idea of it? When the weather is wet We must not fret'. When the weather is cold We must not scold". When the weather is warm We must not storm'". But be thankful together Whatever the weather. ’ fret — беспокоиться, волноваться ’ scold — ворчать storm — кричать 2 Work in pairs. Discuss why people talk about the weather so often. Add your own ideas. start a conversation, it’s a common topic for everyone, etc. 3 Match the symbols to the weather words. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 a) rainy, b) .stormy, c) snowy, d) cloudy, e) sunny 0 cloudy and sunny, g) windy. 4 Listen and repeat the names of some European countries. Compare them with the list. Say which countries on the list were not mentioned. Spain, Russia, the Netherlands, Poland, Hungary England, the Czech Republic, Italy, France Sweden, Finland, Norway, Belgium, Bulgaria Romania, Slovakia, Belarus, Switzerland Portugal, Denmark, Germany, Austria, Ireland the UK, Greece. 5 Say what kind of weather is typical in: a) the northern parts of Russia? b) the southern parts of Russia? c) the central part of Russia? d) the place tvhere you live? E\ample: It’s cold and w-et in autumn in the central part of Russia. • windy and sunny • sunny and icy • icy and snowy • windy and snowy • cloudy but dr)' • stormy and windy • hot and stormy • cold and wet • cool and cloudy • cool and sunny • hot and humid • warm and wet • snowy and sunny • cool and humid WORD FOCUS GRAMMAR FOCUS 6 Read and remember. In Britain people often start conversations by talking about the weather. In your answer you should agree with the speaker but try to use a different word with the same meaning. Example; It’s a lovely day, isn’t it? — Yes, wonderful, isn’t it? Here are some words, which are commonly used for; good weather bad weather lovely, nice, terrible, beautiful, awful, wonderful miserable I 7 Work in pairs. Make up a dialogue. Use the words from Ex. 6. Example; It’s sunny in Spain today, isn’t it? — It’s lovely, isn’t it? 8 Name five things you usually do when: a) the weather is fine and warm. b) the weather is cold and windy. c) the weather is rainy and misty. d) you dttn’t like the weather. 9 Review the cases when It’s is used: To describe the weather: It’s sunny today, isn’t it? To identify the season: It's winter. To identify the time of day: It’s eight o’clock. It’s late. It’s morning. To express an opinion: It’s interesting. It’s boring. It’s funny. It's useless. To make a statement: It’s time to finish your work. It’s time to go home. m 10 a) Read, listen and act out. Steve: It’s a lovely day! John: Yes, isn’t it? Steve: So sunny and there’s no wind. What shall we do? John; Let’s go skiing. Steve; Oh, no. I think it’s too cold to go skiing today. Look, it's minus 15. John: Yes, you are right. We could go to the cinema then. Steve; Sure. Come on. Penny: Betty, what’s the weather like today? Betty; It’s a lovely morning. It’s warm and sunny. What shall we do? Penny: Well, we could go to the beach. Betty; Good ideal I’ll be ready in a minute. b) Find and name the cases of using It’s in the dialogues. а 1 1 Work in pairs. Make up a short conversation about the weather. Use as many sentences as possible with It’s... 1 2 Imagine you would like to invite a foreign pen friend to your home town. Choose the best season for the visit; describe the weather and the things you can do in that season. 13 Read the text and say why Britain’s climate has got such a bad reputation. Ilt’s not usually as cold in Britain as it is in Russia or Canada. In some parts of Britain winter goes by without any snow falling at all. 'it doesn't usually get very cold in the winter or veiy hot in the summer. It's not true that Britain is a wet and foggy country. It may not rain very much but you can never be sure of a dry day. Sometimes it rains so heavily that the British say “It’s raining cats and dogs." That’s why British people say “Other countries have a climate, in England we have weather.” The weather in England changes very quickly. Sometimes the British have weather from each season all in one day. I People often say that the British talk about the weather all the time. This is an exaggeration, but it's certainly true that the weather is a good way to start a conv ersation with a stranger. Because of the changeable weather there is always something to talk about in Britain even with a person you don't know. 14 Choose the right ending to the sentences: 1. Britain isn’t a wet and foggv' land but a) the rains here are veiy heavv. b) it often rains in the south of Britain. c) you can never be sure of a dn' dav 2. Because of the changeable weather a) the British often catch bad colds b) people cariy umbrellas es en' dav c) they often talk about it. 3. Britain’s climate has got a had reputation because a) it is verv cold in winter. b) the weather changes quicklv. c) it often rams in summer. SI 15 Work in pairs. Discuss what you would sav about the weather in Russia to your British partner. Share your opinion with vour classmates. Use: You can never be sure of a dry / sunny frosty day. It doesn’t usually get very cold in ... . It often gets hot in ... . It’s never as cold in ... as it is in ... . WORD FOCUS: TEMPERATURE 16 Read and remember. People use two tjqjes of scales for measuring temperature: either Centigrade |'sentigreid| / Celsius I'selsissj (°C) or Fahrenheit I'fasranhait] (’’F). Celsius is a scale of temperature in which water freezes at 0° and boils at 100°. 32° Fahrenheit is equal to 0° Celsius. In Britain both scales are used: Celsius and Fahrenheit. In the USA temperatures are measured in Fahrenheit. In Russia temperatures are measured in Celsius. 40 °F = (40°-32°) ; 1.8 = 4.4 °C Example: Yesterday it was 6 above zero = It is was plus 6 degrees Centigrade. Today it is 7 below' zero = It is minus 7 degrees Centigrade. It will be 69° Fahrenheit tomorrow. 32 50 68 86 104 1 °F liiiiiiiMiiniiHiiiiiMiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiimiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiHiHii 0 10 20 30 40 rv 17 Listen to the weather forecast. Fill in the table: Cities Weather Temperature, “C Amsterdam cool, wet +6 .^Ioscow sunny, cloudy -1 St Petersburg Washington Helsinki Canberra Wellington Ottawa Tokyo +20 In the morning Temperature Cloudy and dry +3-8 °C Windy and wet + 17-20 °C Wet and cloudy +43-48 °F In the afternoon Sunshine and clouds +20-25 °C Sunshine and a light wind +60-62 °F Windy and wet +56-60 °F 21 Work in pairs. Use the table in Ex. 17 and discuss the weather in different cities. li.xample: — What was the weather like in Tokyo? — It was rather cold. It was 1°C below zero. — What was the weather like in Moscow? — It was dry and hot. It was 29°C. 51 18 Read the dialogue, complete it. — Jim! I’ve got a question! — Yes. how can I help you? — If the outside temperature is 50 degrees Fahrenheit, what is the temperature in Centigrade? — I could tell you. but you should work it out yourself — I can’t do it! Go on then, what is it? — I think it’s... zl 19 Listen and check if you have completed the dialogue correctly. Act the dialogue out. S2O Listen to the weather forecast for tomorrow. Find the correct answer. 22 Work in pairs. Talk about the weather in your place (yesterday, today and tomorrow). Use: Yesterday It was wet. It was 19 °C. Today It is sunny. There is hardly a cloud in the sky. Tomorrow I think it will be warm and windy. It will be 24 °C. 23 Write your own weather forecast for tomorrow. Read it to your classmates. See if their forecasts agree with yours. i 158 176 194 212 KtnilllllllllllllllllllllltlllllllllllMllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll |iiiiimi|mimii|iiiiiiiii|iiimm| 70 80 90 100 24 Read the postcards tourists sent home while visiting English-speaking countries. Match the texts and the pictures. A. Dear Jason, At last weVe come to the Lucky Country. It’s hot and sunny. There is hardly a cloud in the sky. It’s mid-summer here in January, The houses, cars and even the tractors in this country have ajr conditioning because the temperature is between 35 °C - 3& °C now. Most peopie spend their weekends on the beach. They swim, dive, go surfing, play volleyball or just walk. The beaches are crowded. They are an important part of Austraiian life. The words “Life is a beach" mean that everything is great. See you soon, Steven Dear Alice and Mark, The weather can change very <ци1ск1у here. It was Sunday yesterday and I went for a walk in the park, in the тогпЩ the weather was wonderful. It was warm and sunny. Half an hour later the weather started to change. It became cool and cloudy. A cold wind began to blow. Soon the rain started. You’ll be surprised, but I didn't have either an umbrella or a raincoat. So. I got wet and cold very soon. I caught a bus which took me to the hotel. But when I arriv'ed. the sun began to shine brightly again. thank goodness that our weather isn’t so --geabfe. 25 Look through the texts and say which text these groups of words belong to? 1. prepare for 2. wonderful 3. a cloud in the sky It’s cold outside shine brightly the beach recover from blow air conditioning underground centre cool and cloudy hot and sunny surprisingly hot changeable crowded 26 Say 3 nouns, 3 verbs, 3 adjectives and 3 adverbs that can be used for climate and weather descriptions in the English-speaking countries. 27 Say what facts from the texts (Ex. 24) you have found surprising. Use: I’m surprised that..., I think..., I can’t believe that.... In my opinion... . 28 Work in pairs. Make up a dialogue. Imagine what two teenagers are telling each other about the weather and climate in their countries in different seasons. Choose any country you like. Use: It’s a lovely (wonderful, beautiful; miserable, awful, terrible) day / weather; It’s cloudy / nasty / humid / wet / stormy / hot / warm / cold / cool / sunny / frosty / snowy; shine brightly; rain heavily / hard; blow; You can never be .sure of a ... day; It doesn’t usually get very cold / hot in ... because of the changeable weather, .stay at home / go outdoors; wear raincoats / coats; have umbrellas. Begin with; It looks like rain. / What terrible weather we are having today! / It’s a wonderful day, isn’t it? / Isn’t it a cold day? 29 Write a po.stcard to your English-speaking pen friend describing the climate and weather in your home town / village. 30 Match some English proverbs and sayings with weather words and their Russian equivalents. Which of the proverbs are shown in the picture? 1. Every cloud has a silver lining. 2. To everything there is a season. 3. It never rains but it pours. 4. One cloud is enough to eclipse the sun. 5. After rain comes fine weather. a) Будет ii на нашей улице праздник. b) Всему свое время. c) Нет худа без добра. d) Ложка дегтя в бочке меда. e) Беда не приходит одна; са.ма идет и другую ведет. up а story. 1 1 Section 2 ^ We're part of the universe 33 Read the Earth page from the encyclopedia below. Find the answers to the following questions: 1. Why do people call the Earth “the Blue Planet”? 2. Where is the most of Earth’s water found? 3. Is the Sun a planet? What is it? 4. How many main planets are there in the Solar System? 5. What are the names of the oceans? 6. How much water do the oceans contain? The Earth All of us know that we live on the Earth. But what do we know about it? The Earth is the fifth largest of the nine main planets in the Solar Sy.stem. It’s the third planet from the Sun. The Sun is just one t>f many stars in the Milky Way Cialaxy. The Earth looks blue from space because 70%, nearly three quarters, is covered with water. There are four oceans on the Earth: the Pacific, the Atlantic, the Indian and the Arctic. The oceans contain 97% of all the water on the Earth. 34 Here is an interesting experiment to help you imagine how big the Earth is. Stand up, hold the hands of your partners, stretch your arms as wide as you can. Now imagine that you are trying to reach from pole to pole. ; Do you know w'hat the distance is from pole to pole? It’s 20,()(Ю kilometres |к|'1шттэг]. They say it would take twelve and a half million people holding hands to stretch from pole to pole. Are you impressed? 12 135 Listen and repeat the English words. Find the same words in Russian. WORD FOCUS the Solar System galaxy the universe the Milky Way planet satellite distance the Sun the Earth the Moon pole atmosphere ocean ton star intergalaclic space travel spaceship astronaut telescope вселенная планета галактика космическое путешествие спутник (сателлит) дистанция (расстояние) полюс космонавт Солнце Земля Луна атмосфера Млечный Путь звезда океан космический корабль тонна .межгалактический телескоп Солнечная система 36 Match the words and the descriptions; 1. a planet 2. a galaxy 3. the Solar System 4. a spaceship 5. space 6. the universe a) ... is all space and everything that exists in it. b) ... is a huge group of stars and planets. c) ... is a place far above the Earth where there is no air. d) ... is a rocket or other vehicle that can travel in space. e) ... is a large, round object that goes round a star. f) ... is the Sun together with the planets going round it. 37 Read and translate. Note the different meanings of space and star. space 1. She managed to park her car in a small space between the wall and the flower-bed. 2. The satellite was launched (запущен) into space three days ago. 3. In his stories the writer imagines that huge spaceships have been invented, which take passengers to different planets. 4. When astronauts go outside a space station, they have to wear special spacesuits. 5. Have you heard about his third space flight^ star 6. When it is dark we can see a lot of stars in the sky. 7. Now stars are awarded to good hotels: from one star to the cheapest hotel up to five stars for the most comfortable hotels. 8. D. Maradona is a world-famous football star. 38 Look at the space picture. Match the pictures and the following words; galaxy, planet, the Moon, star, the Sun, space, spaceship, astronaut, the Earth. GRAMMAR FOCUS 39 Read and remember. We use the when there is only one of something (unique): the Sun, the Moon, the Earth, the Galaxy, the universe, the Solar System, etc. Note: The Galaxy — the large group of stars which our Sun and its planets belong to. A galaxy — one of the large groups of stars that make up the universe. The Earth moves round the Sun. The universe is all space and everything that exists in it. In his novel the writer de.scribed space stations on the Moon and other planets. We say: the sky / the country / the sea He came to his telescope and looked at the sky. The children usually spend their summer holidays in the country. She likes swimming in the sea. We say space (without the) when we mean “place far above the Earth where there is no air”. Most of the people in his stories are scientists who travel in space to find out more about the stars (not “in the space”). But: Write your answers in the spaces provided. 40 Put in the where necessary. Example: ... Moon goes round ... Earth.— The Moon goes round the Earth. 1. It can be seen from ... Earth when it travels near ... Sun. 2. She opened her eyes and saw ... sky. 3. Mr James lives in ... country not far from ... London. 4. ... Earth is part of... universe. 5. Half an hour ago ... sea was calm. 6. He climbed into his spacesuit and in a few minutes he was out in ... space. 41 Decide whether these .sentences are true (T) or false (F). ^4^ The Sun and the stars we see don’t travel through space. 2. The Milky Way is a group of stars to which the Sun and its planets belong. 3. Milky Way is a chocolate bar which little children like. 4. There are about 1,000 stars in our Galaxy. 5. Travel to other galaxies is possible nowadays. □ □ □ □ □ 42 Read the text and find out if your answers were right. Galaxies The Sun and all the stars we see in the night sky belong to a great group of stars that travel through space together. Such a group is called a galaxy. The star group to which our system belongs is called the Milky Way or just the Galaxy. There 14 arc about 100,000.000,000 stars in the Galaxy, or about 20 stars for each human being on planet Earth. The Galaxy is like a huge disc with a bulge in the middle. The Galaxy is about 100,000 light years in diameter. This means that it takes a beam of light 100,000 years to travel from one edge of the disc to the other. The Milky Way is not the only galaxy in space. In fact, there are thousands of millions. But most are too far from the Earth to be seen with the naked eye. On clear, dark nights a small number can be seen without a telescope. People can see the Andromeda lon'dromida] galaxy, the Large and Small Magellanic |,mcga'l', he sends his heroes into space by means of a huge gun. Another space-travel story is “The First Men in the Moon” by H. G. Wells. Wells’ heroes have a wonderful substance that helps their spaceship to fly away to the Moon. But the dream of travelling into space became true only in the 20th century. It happened in November 1957. The first animal in space was l.aika, a dog from Ru.ssia. l.aika travelled around the Earth for? days in the satellite Sputnik 2. Then in 1961, all people on the Earth learned about the first man in space, Yuri Gagarin. He circled the Earth in Vostok spaceship. Since that time the 12th of April has been celebrated in Russia as Space Day. Sputnik is one of the Russian words which became internationally known. In more than 50 years since Yuri Gagarin’s flight Russian space science has come a long way. Over 2,000 spaceships have been launched since the space era began. Russia leads in many areas of space re.searches. The most important achievements include work on orbital stations. The longest expedition lasted more than 430 days. More than seventy Russian spacemen have worked in orbit, many of them more than once. All of them say how beautiful our blue planet is, how small and fragile it is. 74 Translate the sentences from the text written in bold letters. Say why the present perfect is used there. 75 Look at the pictures. Reread the text and do the following. a) Say which parts of the text are illu.strated in the pictures. Find out if there are any important parts which aren’t illustrated. VV'hat are they? b) Write captions for the pictures. They can be quotations from the text or your own sentences. Compare your captions with those of other students. 22 Section 5 the Earth a dangerous place? 76 Listen and read the words. f. T’f—Ч Label the pictures. Disasters: a) earthquake ['3:0kweik] b) hurricane [’Ьлпкэп] c) tornado d) volcano e) flood 0 drought |to:'neid3u) |уоГкетэи| IflAdI |draut| 177 Match the words and texts. Listen and check your answers. 1) an earthquake, 2) a hurricane. 3) a tornado, 4) a volcano, 5) a flood, 6) a drought a) ... is a large amount of water which quickly covers a place that is usually dry land. b) ... is a sudden shaking of the ground. c) ... is a very violent wind or storm. d) ... is a very violent wind in the form of a funnel of air that spins at great speed across land. e) ... is a mountain with a hole called a crater in the top. Sometimes lava and gases are released from the crater. 0 ... is a long period of dry weather when there is not enough water. 0 78 Listen and fill in the table. Continents Countries Earthquakes Hurricanes Tornadoes Volcanoes 23 • 79 Read and translate the word combinations. Use tliem in your own sentences. disaster a terrible disaster (бедствие, _L a disaster area несчастье) L disastrous (бедственный) damage (вред, повреждение, повреждать) shake (трясти/сь, дрожать) hurt Р to do a lot of damage ~L to damage to shake with laughter/anger to shake like a leaf to shake hands with each other to shake each other’s hands to shake a head to be badly / seriously hurt _r' (причинить I— He wouldn’t hurt a fly. боль, повредить) В 80 You are going to read a text about the earthquake. Before you start reading discuss with your partner what you know about earthquakes. Write down the facts you’ve discussed. 81 Read the text and find out if there are any new facts. What are they? The Yurtgay Earthquake “1 was in school.” said Juan. “On the blackboard, in big white letters was the date — May 31st 1970. The letters started to dance in front of my eyes." “Were you asleep?” “No, 1 looked out of the window. There was a noise, like a big lorry in the street. But outside there were only a few empty cars." “What made the noise?” “It was coming from the ground. The cars started to jump up and down. Then the classroom clock fell off the wall and the window broke. 1 was afraid. 1 ran out of school and into the street. As 1 was running, the houses started to fall dow'n. The ground was moving under my feet. I knew then...” "Knew what?” “1 knew that it was^n earthquake. 1 ran to the fields. 1 could hear bangs and screams behind me. 1 only turned round when 1 got to the second field. 24 - г . . Л •____tL. ' 1 couldn’t believe my eyes. Nearly all buildings were on the ground. In front of me, the earth was moving up and down like a sea.” “What did you do?” “Nothing for a while. Then 1 heard another sound, like great guns. It came from the mountains. 1 looked up and the nearest mountain began to fly at me! I ran away and swam across the rb'er. On the other side, I started to run again. A great wind carried me along. Then earth and snow fell on top of me ...” “Snow?” “Yes, mountain snow. The earthquake broke oft' a large piece of the mountain.”... “How many died?” asked Mark. “50,000 died and another 100,000 people were hurt. Nearly a million lost their homes — that is one out of 13 people in Peru. 1 think it was the worst earthquake ever.” Mark looked in his notebook again. “There was an earthquake in China in 1556. It killed 830,000 people. In 1923, in Japan, 142,000 people died.” 82 Answer the questions. 1. When did the Yungay earthquake take place? 2. How did it begin? 3. What did Juan hear and see? 4. W'hat happened with the boy? 5. Was the Yungay earthquake the most terrible? 6. Have you ever had an earthquake (or any other disaster) in your area? Tell about your experience. 83 Give 5 nouns, 5 verbs, 5 adjectives, 5 adverbs to describe the earthquake. GRAMMAR FOCUS: PAST SIMPLE AND PAST CONTINUOUS (REVIEW 84 Read and learn. Past .simple Past continuous We use the past simple to talk about: • past habits or states • finished actions with time words (see below) We use past continuous to talk about: • something that was in progress during a period of time in the past • something that was happening in the middle of some other action or event in the past Time words: yesterday / the day before yesterday a year ago i last week / month / year / century in 1945 / in 2004 long ago / once upon a time Time words: at three o’clock yesterday at that time on Sunday from two to four yesterday when she phoned / when it started raining Compare: — Listen! Why didn’t you answer my phone calls yesterday afternoon? What were you doing at 6 pm? — I was waiting for my host family at the tube station at that time. — What did you do with your host family, then? — We went to the theatre together. — I hope you enjoyed it! 85 Put the verbs into the correct form: the past continuous or the past simple. A. 1. She ... (play) computer games at 5 o’clock yesterday. 2. Last spring the flood ... (de.stroy) half of the town. 3. He ... (be) badly hurt during the earthquake. 4. The girl ... (read) her book the whole morning yesterday. 5. T^e spaceship ... (be launched) in 1995. B. 1. — What ... you ... (do) when it ... (start) raining? — We ... (walk) in the park. 2. ... they ... (do) a crossword puzzle or their homework when you ... (come) in? 3. Where ... they ... (stand) when you ... (see) them? 4. What... Linda ... (do) when he ... (come) in? 5. Where ... they ... (work) at 5 pm yesterday? 25 86 Put the verbs into the correct form: the past continuous or the past simple. Example: She ... (cook) dinner when the earthquake ... (shake) the town.— She was cooking dinner when the earthquake shook the town. 1. The fire ... (destroy) most of the buildings while he ... (sleep). 2. When they ... (travel) around the country they ... (see) a tornado. 3. The girl ... (shake) with laughter when her mother ... (come in). 4. It ... (rain) heavily when she ... (leave) the house. 5. Where... you ... (stand) when you ... (hear) a scream? 6. When we ... (find) the puppy it ... (shake) like a leaf. 7. He ... (write) about disasters when I ... (phone) him. WORD FOCUS 87 Read, translate and learn: to destroy / to break / to damage. 1. to break — to separate something into parts suddenly or violently a) If you break something, it splits into pieces, or stops working. b) The boy has broken his chair. c) She fell off the ladder and broke her leg. d) My watch is broken. I should repair it as soon as possible. 2. to destroy — to damage something so much that it cannot be repaired; to ruin a) The flood destroyed the little town. b) During the hurricane nearly two hundred houses were destroyed. c) We were shown a film about the destructive power of tornadoes. d) The earthquake led to great destruction. 3. to damage — to spoil or to break Пsomething so that it does not work properly |r look like it did before. tPn \ ' ^ 26 0 ,i4'21 a) The building was ses'erely damaged by the flood. b) The drought did a lot of damage. c) The hurricane did a lot of damage to houses in the area. d) You should know about the damage that smoking can do to your health. 88 Work in pairs. Tr>' to explain to your partner what a tornado is. Use Ex. 77. 89 Read the text. Use the information in the text to help your explanation. Tornadoes Tornadoes are the most violent of all storms. Nobody can predict what they might do. Tornadoes destroy houses, carry away cars and telephone boxes. Tornadoes consist of very strong winds. They can reach speeds of up to 320 kilometres an hour. That is why they are so dangerous. In Russia during one tornado, people saw money falling from the sky. At least a thousand coins fell from the clouds. The wind had removed the earth from some buried treasure and picked up the coins. Tornadoes occur throughout the world, but mostly in the United States. The central states of the country have probably more tornadoes than any other place in the world. Tornadoes occur in the spring. .Л. hot day in the afternoon or in the early evening is the most likely time for this dangerous storm. Large clouds ajjpear in the sky. They become darker and darker. There arc sounds of thunder in the distance. Bright flashes of lightning are seen. .3 cloud then forms a funnel and begins to twist. It moves faster and faster. The faster the winds, the louder the noise, if the funnel touches the ground, it picks up everything it can, The violent winds of tornadoes blow down almost eveiything on their way. Fortunately tornadoes can be predicted, and people have a much better chance of protecting themselves. PRONUNCIATION FOCUS 190 Listen, repeat and read. |u;| [л| lae) |et| |3:| [au| [d:| disaster flood damage break earth drought explore disastrous blood badly shake universe shout more start hurricane bang explain research cloud storm fast nothing galaxy volcano occur sound tornado guitar another travel tornado hurt outer fortunately past other happen endanger emergency down astronaut 91 Kind the words or phrases in the text which have a similar meaning to the following; hurricane, no one, powerful, to damage, to happen, to start, luckily, to defend, opportunity. 92 which five adjectives from the list below describe a tornado best? Justify your choice to your partner. terrible, dangerous, quick, weak, changeable, cruel, great, impressive, noisy, bright, threatening, dark, unusual, traditional, unfriendly, unpleasant, violent, useful, bright, fragile, destructive. 93 Read the following sentences containing the information from the text. Say if they are true / false / not stated. 1. Tornadoes are the most terrible of all storms. 2. Tornadoes are dangerous because people gel flu or bad cold after them. 3. Tornadoes occur in autumn when it’s cool and rainy. 4. The violent winds of tornadoes blow down almost everything on their way. 5. Unfortunately people can’t predict tornadoes now. 6. Tornados often occur in different parts of Russia. 94 There are six paragraphs in the text about tornadoes. Write a heading for each one. 95 Read the brief information about emergency I t'mattfeonsi | workers. Who are they? Make a list of people, who help others, when there is a disaster. Natural disasters, such as storms, floods, tornadoes, tropical storms and volcanic eruptions, can damage houses, destroy fields, kill animals and people. I In all these disasters, nature and people need helpt Emergency workers are .specially trained people who do their job during and after these types of disasters. Emergency workers such as doctors, nurses, firemen, water and gas workers do their jobs in difficult situations. Sometimes the police and the army help too. 96 Work in groups. Complete the list of tasks that emergency workers do; 1. Find dangerous area.s. 2. Warn people about expected or coming emergencies. 3. Save people who arc in danger. 4. Provide medical help for injured people. 5. ... 6. ... В 97 Work in groups. Choose one of the disasters and make a poster warning people. Have a poster e.xhibition. Make a presentation of your poster. Use; Be careful! Don’t...! ...is strictly prohibited! No...! Save...! Stop...! 7 li ,jj ^ 27 Section 6 к Surviving with optimism 98 Read and translate the word combinations. Create your own sentences using the words. limit (границ», предел, ограничивать) monitor (наблюдать за чем-то, экран, монитор) warn (of / about) (предупреждать, предостерегать) i { an age / time limit a limit on / to smth to limit the speed to monitor the water level / radiation a computer / TV monitor broadcast (передавать, транслировать) rescue (спасать от чего-либо, спасение) ~ to warn of а rainstorm /tornado a warning about - without a warning ( предупреждение) evacuate (эвакуировать, перевозить в безопасное место) :Л messages / warnings / TV programmes ■ to rescue from flood / tornado ■ a rescue of children / people to evacuate people from an evacuation (эвакуация) В 99 Work in pairs, a) Choose one of the texts and read quickly through the text. b) Tell each other what you have learnt from the texts you’ve read. c) Read the text of your partner to find out if he / she has talked about everything (a) Emergency workers during floods Floods occur when a river overflows its banks because of an unusually high water level. Because floods usually happen after a severe rainstorm or after a sudden melting of snow, floods rarely catch people by surprise. There is often enough time for people to leave their homes and for farmers to move their animals and cars to higher ground. People can build up the riverbanks with sandbags to limit the amount of water that will overflow. Sometimes, however, a river can rise higher and faster than expected. When this happens, emergency workers monitor the water level and warn people to leave their houses. They do this by broadcasting messages on the radio or by warning people in person. People who do not leave their houses may have to climb onto the roofs of their houses to escape the swirling water and to wait for rescue. Emergency workers pick the people up in boats and take them to evacuation camps on higher ground. After the emergency has passed, the cleaning up begins. Rubbish on the roads has to be cleared away. Roads that have been damaged need to have signs put up to warn drivers. Some roads may es'en need to be closed until they are repaired. Bridges are examined to see if they are still safe after the battering they have taken from the force of the flood waters. Emergency workers during volcanic eruptions A volcanic eruption can cause a lot of damage to the surrounding areas. The blast of hot, choking ga.ses and ash can make the day seem like night and kill people and animals. The lava that flows down the mountain can destroy the countryside. Some volcanoes give signs of volcanic activity for a long time before an eruption occurs. Steam leaks out of cracks in the earth’s surface, and the mountain begins to bulge and crack. Scientists monitor these signs .so that they can warn people to leave their homes if the volcano is going to erupt. They use special machines to help them monitor the changes in the earth’s crust. Using the information, the scientists can predict if there will be an eruption and where it will happen. Scientists who monitor the activity of a volcano are in danger if the volcano erupts. During and after a volcanic eruption, emergency workers are busy evacuating people from the area, searching for the survivors and rescuing people. Emergency workers repair and restore the electricity, telephone, water and gas services as quickly as possible. One of the biggest jobs for emergency workers after a volcano has erupted is to clean up the ash. Щ IS 1 П' в 100 Reread the texts and underline the words you don’t understand. Guess the meanings. See “How to guess the meaning of a new word” in “Learning strategies”. 101 Find in the texts (Ex. 99) the svords or words combinations; a) which have a similar meaning to the following; awful, terrible, spreading, to save, garbage, to destroy, to foresee, to forecast, to repair, to watch, to obsers'e, to look for b) which have the opposite meaning to the following; often, expected, slower, to stay, to face, danger, distant, to repair, outer layer 102 Read the statements and circle the right answer; a) True — if the statement agrees with the information in text A. b) False — if the statement contradicts the information in text A. c) Not stated — if there is no information in text A. 1. Floods are usually an unexpected event for people. a) True b) False c) Not stated 2. People can w ithstand small floods, at True b) False c) Not stated Fimergency workers help people to climb on the roofs to escape flood, a) True b) False c) Not stated Severe floods often happen in spring and autumn. a) True b) False c) Not stated 5. After flood the streets and roads are clean and freshly w'ashed. a) True b) False c) Not stated 6. Emergency workers have a lot to do after the water has gone away. a) True b) False c) Not stated 103 Answer the questions. 1. Why is a volcanic eruption dangerous? 2. Does a volcanic eruption catch jjeople by surprise? Can scientists predict the eruption? 3. What do the emergenct' workers do during / after the eruption? 4. Emergency workers often w'ork in dangerous situations, don’t they? Why do they put themselves in danger to do a job? 5. What characteristics are necessary' to be an emergency worker? VV'ould you like to be an emergency worker? Why? 104 Give a talk on natural disasters. Remember to say; • what the most dangerous natural disaster is to your mind, why • what most dangerous natural disaster ever happened in your area • how' people behaved during and after the disaster A^ini-project: Why are nafural disasters so dangerous in XXI century? В 105 Work in groups. Do a research on the severe disaster that happened in Fucusima (Japan) in this century’. Use the Internet. Use the following ideas as guidelines; a) Can some natural disasters be predicted? b) What kinds of dangers usually follow the natural disasters? c) How can people get ready to such disasters? d) What .should people and countries do to help each other in such situations? e) What can people do to prevent the terrible results of the disasters in the future? Present the results of your research to your classmates. GRAMMAR FOCUS: PAST PERFECT TENSE 106 Read and remember. • When we are talking about .something that happened in the past and want to say about things that happened before this time, we use the past perfect. 1. When we came she had already translated the article.— Когда мы пришли, она уже перевела статью. 2. Не had phoned his friend before he left the office.— Oh позвонил другу перед те.м, как уйти из офиса. 3. We had done the ta.sk by 4 o’clock yesterday.— Мы выполнили задание к четырем часа.м вчера. 4. Не had changed his mind by that time.— Он изменил свое мнение к этому времени. had + done (changed, translated, gone, seen) + - ? I had done. You’d played. I had not done. She hadn’t played. Had you done? Where had she played...? 109 Put the verbs in the past perfect. 1. She......(go) home by 4 pm yesterday. 2. The pupils....(translate) only one text by the end of the lesson when the teacher collected their tests. 3. The boy.......(change) his T-shirt by that time. 4. When they came, the party ... already ... (begin). 5. He couldn’t phone her because he....... i (forget) her phone number. 6. ... you ... (receive) the tax me,ssage before you left the office? 7. ^4(1 she ... (do) her homework before she went to school? 8. What ... Martin ... (buy) before he took the bus? 110 Use your own ideas to complete the sentences. Use the past perfect or the past simple. Example: a).. .by that time — The hurricanes had destroyed half of the village by that time, b) She had already laid the table when...— She had already laid the table when the children 107 Read and translate. 1. ...by that time 1. 1 had returned by 10 o’clock yesterday. 2. ...by 5 pm 2. She had never heard the song before the 3. ...by Wednesday concert. 4. ...before the party 3. What had she translated before the film began? 5. ...by the end of the lesson 4. He had written three invitation letters when 6. When 1 came... I came. 7. When he phoned... 5. Who had learnt the words by Friday? 8. ...before the concert began 6. It had finished snowing by 8 o’clock. 9. ...before the rain started 7. By 5 o’clock the rain had stopped and they went to the park. 10. We couldn’t get into the house because. 108 Make up sentences. 1 read the newspaper by 6 o’clock. She / He shaken hands before 1 phoned. Her mother had cut the pie when they came. The students taken out the garbage before he returned. We cleaned the room changed her mind broken the cups by that time. 30 а 111 Explain to your partner why it was possible to make the following statements. Use the past perfect. Example: The discussion was interesting.— Every student had read the book and had prepared a short report, giving his opinion. 1. The party was a success. 2. Everybody enjoyed the trip. 3. He had a lot of problems at school. 4. The earthquake did a lot of damage to the city. 5. His parents were proud of him. 112 You are going to rc-ad the text “Six Robinsons and Their Guitar”. Took at the picture. Say what you think the story is about. 113 Read the story and find out if you were right. Six Robinsons and Their Guitar Nobody lives on the little island of Ata, in the warm South Sea, where it is .summer all year round. Everybody knows that ships don't stop at Ata, but once “The Mary Jane” suddenly changed her cour.se and went towards the i.sland. Some people on the ship had noticed a number of small figures on a hill not far from the sea coast. They were shouting and jumping up and down. When the ship came nearer, the small figures ran down the hill and into the water to meet the shij^ There were six of them, all boys. They swam to the ship, climbed up and were soon telling their strange story. Fifteen months before, they had gone out fishing. Their little boat had gone down during a terrible storm, and the sea had carried them a lot of kilometres to this little island. The boys had arranged their life very well: each boy had his own duties. Their food was birds, birds’ eggs, fruit, fish, whatever they could find on the ground, in the air and in the water. The Robinson Crusoes had even made a kind of guitar: they danced and sang songs that they had made up them.selves. They explained that they had enjoyed their fine life on the island, but they were glad to be saved, and were happy to return home to their own country. 114 Answer the questions. 1. Why did the ship change her course and go towards the island? 2. What happened when the ship came nearer? 3. What had happened to the boys fifteen months before? 4. How had the boys arranged their life on the island before they were found? 5. Why was the story entitled “Six Robinsons and Their Guitar"? 6. Did the Robinsons prefer to slay on the island or to return home? 7. What do you think of these six boys? 8. Is it a true story or fiction? Why do you think .so? 115 Reread the text and find out the English equivalents of the following phrases; круглый год; отправились на рыбалку; на земле; изменила свой курс; ужасный шторм; в воздухе; заметили; организовали свою жизнь; в воде; взобрались; все, что они могли найти; вернуться домой. 116 Find the sentences with the past perfect in the text and translate them. 117 Retell the story from the point of view of; a) a passenger of the ship who noticed the boys; b) one of the Robinsons. S 118 Say what proverb you would choo.se to finish the story. Why? a) While there is life, there is hope. (Пока живу — надеюсь.) b) All is well that ends well. (Bee хорошо, что хорошо кончается.) c) А friend in need is a friend indeed. (Друзья познаются в беде.) d) God helps those who help themselves. (Ha бога надейся, a сам не плошай.) 31 Section 7 ^ This Earth was made for you and me 119 Listen and look through the information about world records. Find out some facts about Russia. What makes Russia special? The highest point The lowest point The longest river The deepest lake The largest lake The largest ocean 'Ibe hottest place The coldest place The largest country — Mount Everest I'evanst), 8,848 metres above sea level. It is in .Asia. — Challenger Deep l.tJVelincfea 'dirp), 11,034 metres below sea level, deep enough to hide Everest. It is in the Pacific Ocean. — the Nile |nail|, 6,695 kilometres long. It is in Africa. — Lake Baikal |'baiku:l|, in Russia, Asia; 1,620 metres deep. — the Caspian Sea |,kiespion 'si:), in Russia, Asia; 371,000 square kilometres. — the Pacific Ocean (pa.sifik 'sujbn), 165,200,000 square kilometres. — the Sahara Desert |so,hu:ro 'dezat), Africa, the temperature is up to +50 °C in the shade. — the lowest temperature ever recorded was -89.2 °C at Vostok base, Antarctica, in )uly 1983. — Russia, 17,075 square kilometres. 120 Have you got any records in your area? What are they? Write some brief information about your local records. GRAMMAR FOCUS: REVIEW 121 Read, compare and remember. Tense Past simple Past continuous Past perfect When it's used Single completed actions in the past Action at a certain time or period in the past Action happened before a certain time or event in the past Form did (played) was / were + doing (playing) had + done (played) When it happened yesterday a week ago last month in 1964 at 3 o’clock yesterday the whole morning on Tuesday last week when he came in by 4 o’clock yesterday by that time before he phoned when we came 1. The past simple: 2. The past continuous; 3. The past perfect: We danced a lot at the disco last night. Did he buy her a present yesterday? The famous writer was born in 1947. What were you doing at 7 o’clock yesterday? The old man was working in the garden at that time. It was raining all day yesterday. He was reading a book about volcanoes when I came in. The scientist had changed his mind by that time. The girl had never heard that music before the concert. What had he done before we arrived? 32 122 Put the verbs in the past simple. PAST SIMPLE: We use the tense to describe single actions in the past. 1. Yesterday he ... (return) home only at half past eight. He ... (be) tired. He ... (watch) the news on TV and ... (look) through the newspapers. Then he ... (turn) off the light and ... (go) to bed. 2. A strange woman ... (take) a clean sheet of paper and a pen, ... (sit) down and ... (write) a short letter. She ... (put) the letter into the envelope with an address. She ... (give) it to the messenger boy (посыльному). Then she ... (stand) up and ... (leave) the room. 123 Put the verbs in the past simple and the past continuous. PAST SIMPLE — PAST CONTINUOUS: We use these tenses in one sentence to say that something happened in the middle of the other action. 1. When you ... (phone), I ... (play) a new computer game. 2. When the teacher ... (come) into the classroom, Steven ... (make) fun of Ann. 3. It ... (rain) w'hen he ... (get) up yesterday morning. 4. He ... (tell) his friends a frightening story when somebody ... (knock) at the door. 5. 1 ... (see) that Nancy ... (write) a letter. 6. While I ... (work) in the garden, 1 ... (find) a kitten. 124 Put the verbs in the past simple and the past perfect. PAST SIMPLE — PAST PERFECT: We use these tenses in one sentence to say that something had already happened before a certain past action. 1. W'hen they ... (arrive) at the cinema, the film ... (begin) already. 2. When .she ... (come) to the station, the train ... (leave) already. 3. The girl ... (do) her homework before she ... (go) to the park. 4. Tim ... (do) already his work when his mother ... (phone) him. 5. We ... (be) very pleased to see Alice again. We ... not (.see) her for three years. 6. Mike ... (play) polo yesterday, he ... (play) never play polo before. 125 Match the words and their descriptions. 1. the environment, 2. the coast, 3. geography, 4. the wildlife, 5. climate a) ... is animals and plants which live and grow in natural conditions in a region. b) ... is the natural conditions, such as air, water, and land, in which people, animals and plants live. c) ... is the weather we usually have. d) ... is the positions of the features of a particular place / the study of the countries of the world and of the seas, rivers, towns, etc on the Earth. e) ... is the place where the land meets the sea. 33 126 Translate the phrases. Use them to create vour own sentences. human (человеческий. свойственный человеку) amaze (изумлять, поражать) attract (привлекать, -притягивать) human nature / body / voice human being (человек) humanity (человечество) inhuman (бесчеловечный, жестокий) be amazed at / by What amazing wildlife! It’s quite amazing that... an amazingly hot day amazingly good / bad Г Flowers attract bees, attract a lot of attention / visitors tourist attraction an attractive idea / smile / sight Sl27 You are going to read the texts about different countries. Di.scu.ss with your partner and match the names of the countries and the titles of the texts. Kingdom of Birds The Roaring Waters The Peak District Where the North Begins Hot and Dangerous The USA New Zealand Russia Australia Great Britain 128 Read quickly through the texts and find out if you were right. 1. Kingdom of Birds Before the first human beings arrived, New Zealand was inhabited by birds. There were over 160 different species. With few natural enemies, most of these birds lost their ability to fly. Some were very tall and ate leaves off the trees, while others grazed like sheep. Today only a few of New Zealand’s birds survive. One is the kiwi, which is about the size of a duck. The kiwi is the national bird and emblem. New Zealanders often call themselves “Kiwis”. English spoken in New Zealand is often called Kiwi English. Most of New Zealand’s unique birds and many of its native seals and fish have become extinct in the last five hundred years. 2. Hot and Dangerous For a continent 4,000 km across and 3,750 km from north to south, Australia has an amazing set of natural environments and wildlife. There are 530 native species of bird, 230 types of mammal, 300 species of lizard, 140 ty^jes of snake and two_ types of crocodile. Not all these animals are harmless. There are several species of poisonous spider and many poisonous snakes. Sharks, poisonous fish and salt water crocodiles are dangerous companions to swimmers. 3. The Roaring Waters America’s climate and geography are amazingly varied. There are high mountains and fields, deserts and cool and foggy coastline, tropical heat and Arctic cold in it. Niagara [nai'atgora] Falls is one of the most amazing American sights. It is situated between New York and Chicago. Niagara is an Indian word which means “the roaring waters". A mass of water falls over a cliff 27 metres high with a terrible noise. The roar of the falling water can be heard from a distance of 25 kilometres. Niagara Falls is beautiful and changing all the time. It attracts a greater number of people than any other place on the continent. ■si ^ ^ 34 folk songs and customs which have already disappeared from much of Russia. For today’s traveller who wants to get close to traditional Russian life and architecture and to understand how people lived in the past, this is the only place to go. 4. The Peak District The two great cities of Manchester and Sheffield lie just 50 kilometres apart. Between them is one of the most unspoiled areas in England. This area is known as the Peak District. The Peak District is a national park, which means that it is protected from industrial and urban development. The area attracts many visitors from both cities. It also includes wild land, where there are more sheep than people. Indeed, sheep farming is an important part of the local economy. Another intere.sting thing of this area is a large lake which gives water for the city of Sheffield. Some houses in this area are built from local stone, some from the red brick. The Peak District has many pretty villages and small towns. 5. Where the North Begins Here you find summer “white nights”, when the sun never sets and polar nights when it never rises. Many romantic ideas are connected with this place: a land of natural beauty, of hard winters, and of real Russian people — strong, honest, and hardworking. They say the north begins with Vologda. In fact it stretches to the Urals in the east, up to the White Sea, and across to Finland in the northwest of Russia. This area is rich in beautiful forests and lakes, wooden churches and monasteries, which grew into cultural centres. The population keeps old traditions, fairy tales. 129 Work in groups of two or three. a) Read one of the texts carefully. b) Prepare five comprehension questions on the text. c) Exchange your comprehension questions with other groups. d) Read other groups’ texts and answer their questions. 130 Say which text you have found the most interesting? Have you learned anything new? What? 131 Work in groups of three or four. Imagine a film based on the text you could make about white nights in Russia. What would you show in your film? Write brief directions for filming. Start like this: a) A general view of St Petersburg or any other place in the North of Russia... b) Streets / Sights of St Petersburg... Present your film directions to other students. 132 a) Think of your local environment. What would you show to your visitors from other countries? Write a story about it. Use Ex. 128 as a model. Use: be rich in, be amazingly varied (mountain:;, plains, deserts, coastline), a set of wildlife and environment, unspoiled land, have amazing sights, attract many visitors, be an important part of the local economy, etc. Hb) Make a videofilm about your local environment. Present it to your classmates. 35 Homework i 1 Copy the words. Circle the adjectives. I.ook them up in the dictionary if necessary. 1 \.implc: cloudy cloudy, hoi. misty, Italy, rainy, .snow, stormy, Itigii, wind, city, sunny, quickly, lately, lazy, highly, warm, quick, slowly, lovely, funny, cool, frosty. 2 Complete the dialogues. Take note of the information in “Word focus” on p. 7. 1. It’s a lovely morning, isn’t it? — Yes,... 2. The view is lovely, isn’t it? — Yes,... .1. What a mi.serable day! — Yes,... •1. The summer is awful, i.sn’l it? — Yes,... 3 Translate into English. 1. Какое сланное yrpo! Осень. Тепло. Mo пора идти в школу. 2. Это правда? В Англин действительно прохладно летом? Это интересно! “Какая сегодня погода?” — “Ужасная!’ 4 |.»и>к back at the text about Britain’s climate. Match the two parts of the statements. 1. The weather in England 2. Other countries have a climate .^. When it rains heavily, they say •1. In some parts of Britain a) it's raining cats and dogs. b) in England they have weather. c) winter goes by without any snow falling. d) changes very quickly. 5 Write about the weather in your place. Use: It usually gets cold / it doesn’t ... in winter ... In summer it never gets too wet / too hot /... Sometimes ... goes by without any .snow / rain ... The normal temperature in autumn is ... . 6 Read the texts in Ex. 24 again. Find the sentences with the verbs in the passive voice. Write them down. Underline the verbs. Tran.slate them into Ru.ssian. Use Grammar reference if necessary. 7 Find or draw a “weather postcard” for your English-speaking visitor. Write to him / her about Russian weather. Use the texts in Ex. 24 as a model and tell him ! her about the best time to visit your area. 8 Look at Ex. 32 and 33 on p. 12 and write down the words which can be understood without a dictionary. Example: million, encyclopedia,... 9 Make up as many wotds and phrases as possible with space, plauet, star. W'rite them down. Use the words in the box. Flxample: Space: spaceship.... Space: ... Planet: ... Star: ... blue, far. largest, football. TV, travel, five, man, station, suit, to discover, dark, huge, small, to save, endangered, to reach, to consist of, to go round, all. to name, to travel through 10 Translate into English. Знаешь ли ты свою планету? Говорят, что она еще молода. Из космоса она кажегся осло-голубой, пою.му что на три четверги шжрыта океана.ми. Ты бы хотел(а) нобыват]. на Луне? Это наша ближайшая соседка. Я уверен(а), что люди будут летаг1> гуда )ia космическом корабле отдохнуть на выходные. Представьте себе пятнзве.здочный отель на Луне для победителей нашею конкурса! 1 1 Fill in the prepositions if necessary. Use: on, for, through, to. of. in, from. Would you like to travel ... space? If so, you have to choose where ...? It is difficult to imagine that there are about 20 stars ... each of human being ... our planet. A group ... stars is called a galaxy. It will take ... you 100,000 years to travel ... one edge of it ... the other. But people hope they will travel... space ... huge starships far ... the Earth. 36 12 Look back at the text “Galaxies”. Find the words that have similar meanings to the words and phrases in the box. Write them down in pairs. F.xample: to go — to travel a group of stars, a man or a woman, the world, to study, a spaceship, large, convenient, to examine carefully 13 Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form (the past simple or the past continuous tense). 1. When I came home my mom ... dinner for us. (to cook) 2. “What ... you ... about?” (to talk) — “Nothing serious.” 3. I’m sorry 1 couldn’t join you yesterday. 1 ... for my exam, (to prepare) 4. What... you ... at a minute ago? (to laugh) — It was the funniest joke I’ve ever heard. 5. The spaceship captain ... the satellite which ... very fast, (to notice / to move) It was dangerous! 14 Do Ex. 52 on p. 17 in wTitten form. 15 These phrases are taken from the text “Who’s There?”. Sort them out in two groups about the spaceman and the cat. Write them down. Example: The spaceman: worked in a station,... The cat and its kittens: ... got bored inside; was told to go out; was called on the radio; was happy; climbed into the spaceship; was alive; was scraping on the metal; froze with fear; was tr)ing to get into the spacesuit; grew more and more afraid; patted softly on the neck; had put her babies; fainted and fell down; wasn’t a tom-cat 16 Write down a brief summary of the text “\^^lo’s There?”. Use the following guidelines: One day...; Suddenly...; On my way to...; But at that moment...; Sometime later...; Finally... . 17 Write what you think of space exploration. Use the expressions given in Ex. 67 on p. 20. Example; 1 believe that exploration of space will help us to change people’s lives for the better. 18 Do Ex. 71 on p. 21 in written form. 19 Make up statements by matching their two parts. Write them down. 1. Galileo made 2. Many stories about space travels appeared w'hen 3. Jule Veme sends his heroes into space 4. H. G. Wells’s heroes use a special substance 5. The dream of space travel became true a) by means of a huge gun. b) the first telescope in the 16th century. c) only in the twentieth century. d) people realized that the Earth was not the only planet. e) to travel to the Moon. 20 Write down questions for the following answers. Use the text in Ex. 73 on p. 22. F.xample: 1. In the 20th century.— When did the dream of travelling in space become true? 2. For 7 days. 3. The Space day. 4. Over 2,000. 5. Worked on orbital stations. 6. Small and fragile. 21 Write down what is typical of a tornado, an earthquake, a hurricane, a volcano, a flood and a drought. Use the phrases in the box. Example: A veiy' violent wind is tj'pical of a tornado. too much water, terrible fire; a violent storm; a very violent wind; heavy rain; lava and gases; not enough water; hot sun; shaking of the ground; spinning air; dry weather 37 22 Translate into English. 1. Землетрясение — это всегда ужасная трагедия: гибнут сотни или тысячи людей. Кроме того, оно причиняет много разрушений. 2. “Что ты трясешься от смеха?” — “Л^ше смеяться, чем плакать”, 3. “Пожмите друг другу руки. Надеюсь, что теперь вы станете друзьями. Правда, Джек?”— “Конечно. Я .мухи не обижу". 4. “Перед каждым экзаменом я дрожу как лист”.— “Не стоит относиться к этому так серьезно. В жизни еще будет много экзаменов”. 23 Put in the prepositions: up and down, under, across, behind, off, from, at, A terrible noise was coming .,. the ground. The earth was moving ... like a sea. The ground was moving ... his feet. He ran and heard screams ... him. When he saw that a mountain seemed to fly ... him, he swam ... the river. Later he realized that the earthquake broke ... a large piece of the mountain. 24 Do Ex. 86 on p. 26 in written form. 25 Fill in the blanks. Use the words in the box. destroy, damage, damaged, broken, destructive 38 1. All kinds of disasters either ... or completely ... the environment. Floods, earthquakes and tornadoes leave a lot of ,.. houses behind them. 2. The last earthquake in the USA was very .... 3. “Tm sorry, 1 can’t help you because of my ... finger,” — “It’s OK. I’ll manage myself.” 4. My grandpa has a magic touch. He can repair all ... things if the ... is not too bad, 26 Complete the following sentences by choosing the correct ending. Write down the sentences. 1. Tornadoes consist of a) large clouds and terrible sounds; b) ver\’ strong winds. 2. Bright flashes of lightning a) are seen from the distance; b) blow down everything on their way. 3. Tornadoes are dangerous because a) they occur in spring; b) they destroy houses and pick up everjThing they can. 27 Write down questions for the following answers. Use the text in Ex. 95 p. 27. Example: 1. do a lot of damage — Why are natural disasters dangerous? 2. specially trained people 3. in difficult situation 4. in dangerous areas 5. clean the place, restore the electricit)' 6. the police and the army 7. warn about the coming emergency 28 Find in the texts (Ex. 99 p. 28) information about the follow'ing statements. 1. Floods rarely catch people by surprise. 2. After the flood, the cleaning up begins. 3. Fortunately, a volcanic eruption can be predicted. 4. But a volcanic eruption can cau,se a lot of damage. 5. During and after the eruption, emergency workers are verj' busy. 29 What is the most dangerous natural disaster to your mind? Write about it. Use the plan: • why it is dangerous • whether it can be predicted • how people should behave during it • what the emergency workers do during / after the disaster 30 Do Ex. 109 on p. 30 in written form. 31 Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form. Mind the tenses. Before 1 read the story about the six Robinsons I ... (hear) a similar story. It v\'as about two old people a husband and a wife who just wanted to rest on their boat. As soon as they ... (start) their sea trip, a violent wind .,. (blow) them away from the coast. They ... (spend) about two weeks in the open sea before they ... (notice) a tourist ship. By that time they ... (drink) all the fre.sh water they had with them. They ... (be glad) to be saved at last. 32 Do Ex. 120 on p. 32 in written form. 33 Translate into EnglUh. Любой человек способен творить и делать .мир лучше. Удивительно, что все люди разные. Одних привлекает искусство, других наука. Некоторые тратят свои силы и вре.мя на охрану природы. К сожалению, мы часто не за.мечаем, как удивительна дикая прирюда, как она притятательна. Нетуманное отношение к окружающей среде не согласуется с человеческой натурой. 34 Маке up as many meaningful phrases as possible. Use the words from the boxes. Example: different species pretty, different, natural, new, polar, unique, native, high, romantic, amazing, harmless, several, poisonous, dangerous, roaring, terrible, beautiful, unspoilt, urban, industrial enemy, birds, fish, seals, water, emblem, wildlife, environment, animal, sharks, spider, companions, mountains, village, noise, development, district Key vocabulary 35 Complete the sentences by choosing the right ending. Write them down. ^ 1. The kiwi is a) New Zealand’s emblem and the national bird. b) English spoken in Australia. c) a human being who lived five hundred years ago. 2. Australian animals are a) all amazing and harmless. b) an amazing group of wildlife. c) not dangerous companions to swimmers. 3. Niagara Falls a) means “the roaring waters” in American English. b) is a mass of water falling over a cliff of twenty metres with terrible noise. c) is one of the most amazing American sights. 4. A National Park is a) a place protected from industrial and urban development. b) an area 50 kilometres away from Manchester. c) a place where there are more sheep than people. 5. The North of Russia is one of quite few places where a) travellers go these days. b) there are forests, lakes and high mountains. c) the population keeps old traditions and customs. ' Nouns: satelhte rescue achievement spaceman research beach spaceship shake damage star warn disaster tornado Adverbs / Adjectives: drought Earth (the) universe (the) volcano awful foggy humid miserable earthquake exploration evacuation w'arning Verbs: flood break stormy terrible hurricane broadcast violent limit monitor damage destroy wet Moon (the) evacuate Expressions and phrases: planet explore be badly hurt pole hurt be knowm internationally rescue launch disaster area research limit do a lot of damage researcher monitor emergency jobs / workers evacuate from It’s a lovely day, isn’t it? key problem limit on / to smth limit the speed launch a project / a spaceship Milky Way (the) No problem. outer space rescue from smth shake hands with each other shake with laughter Solar System (the) solve a problem South (the) / North Pole (the) space flight space research space travel TV / computer monitor warn of / qbout without a warning 39 Progress check к 1 Underline the word with the same or similar meaning. F.xampic: to destroy a) to kill b) to break c) to fight 1. to damage a) to be out of luck b) to hurt c) to be in trouble 2. a disaster a) danger b) trouble c) luck 3. research a) an experiment b) an achievement c) an exploration 4. aw'ful a) terrible b) hard c) exciting 5. misty a) stormy b) foggy c) rainy 2 Choose the correct word. Complete the sentences. Underline the word you have chosen. Example: I’m sure that one day the scientists will ... most of medical problems, a) take b) solve c) explore 1. The famous actor was .shaking ... laugh, a) with b) from c) to 2. “Why is the little girl crying?” — “She has dropped her cup and ... it.” a) broke b) brought c) destroyed 3. He was ... hurt during the earthquake, a) quickly b) badly c) well 4. A modern spaceship was ... 3 days ago. a) taken b) flown c) launched 5. Where is she doing her research ... this serious problem? a) of b) on c) in 6. The hurricane has done a lot of... to the town, a) damage b) disasters c) problems 3 Use the word in capitals to form a word that fits suitably in the blank space. Fill in each blank in this way. • Example: DISASTER More than 200 people w'ere killed during the disastrous hurricane in 1992. 1. RESEARCH The young ... has received a grant to continue his exploration. 2. EXPLORE Have you read his article about space ...? 3. LOVE It’s a ... day, isn’t it? 4. NATURE ... disasters, such as tornadoes and hurricanes, can damage houses and hurt people. 5. FOG Til .stay at home. 1 hate walking on a ... day. 6. OUT The spaceman climbed into his spacesuit and .soon he was in ... space. 4 Create sentences from the following sets of words and phrases. Be careful with grammar tenses (the past continuous and the past simple). Example: The children / play / tennis / for Ivs'o hours / yesterday.— The children played tennis for two hours yesterday, 1. The little girl / cry / the whole evening / yesterday. 2. It / snow / all day long / yesterday. 3. \\ЪаГ / you / do / at 4 pm / yesterday? 4. He / look / at the sky / when / the boy / touch / him. 5. The old lady / watch TV / when / the telephone/ring. 6. Where / you / stand / when / you / hear / this terrible sound? 5 Complete the sentences. Be careful with grammar tenses (the past perfect and the past simple). F.xampic: The girl... never (hear) his name before the concert.— I'he girl had never heard his name before the concert. 1. The terrible hurricane ... (destroy) all the houses by that time. 2. The pilot ... (finish) his flight by 3 pm yesterday. 3. W’hen the professor ... (come) the students ... already ... (collect) their thoughts. 4. She ... already ... (read) the article when 1 ... (phone) her. 5. ... (find) already you the documents when they ... (come)? 6. What ... (see) Steve ... before he ... (change) his mind? 40 6 Choose the correct answer. Underline it. 1. He ... troubled yesterday. a) looked b) is looking c) had looked 2. They ... football from 2 pm till 5 pm yesterday. a) played b) were playing c) had played 3. He ... his work by that time. a) finished b) was finishing c) had finished 4. What ... you ... at 7 pm yesterday? a) did ... do b) were ... doing c) had ... done 5. Where ... you ... your summer holidays? a) did ... spend b) were ... spending c) had ... spent 6. How many countries ... they ... by that time? a) did ... visit b) were ... visiting c) had ... visited 7 Read an article about Antarctica. For questions 1-3, choose an answer (A, B, C, or D) which you think fits best according to the text. What is Antarctica? Antarctica is a continent that is right at the southern tip of the planet. If you try to find it on a globe, you will see that it is at the bottom. It takes up one-tenth of the Earth’s surface and is covered with a blanket of ice that can be 1,500 thick metres. The South Pole is right in the middle of Antarctica. Antarctica is the coldest continent, as well as the driest, the highest and the windiest. Very few people live there all year round. Scientists stay there for short periods, living in specially built research stations. Summer in Antarctica is between October and March. During this time there is non-stop daylight. In winter, April to September, the opposite happens and Antarctica is dropped into six months of constant darknes.s. In Antarctica it is colder than you can possibly imagine, even in the summer! The South Pole is the coldest part of Antarctica. The average temperature for January, the middle of the summer, is minus 28 degrees Celsius (-28 °C). In winter, April to September, the average temperature at the South Pole can be as cold as -89 °C. When it is that cold, a mug of boiling water thrown in the air would freeze before it hit the ice. Sometimes the scientists have to use fridges to keep their samples' warm. 1. Antarctica is the coldest place on the Earth. What other records does it hold? A. driest and cloudiest B. wettest and windiest C. windiest and driest D. cloudiest and highest 2. Why do most people who visit Antarctica choose not to go there between April and September? A. because it is summer in Antarctica B. because there is non-stop daylight during this time C. because it is a period of constant darkness D. because it is too dry and sunny 3. Why do the scientists have to use fridges to keep their samples warm? A. because it is too hot outside B. because of wild animals C. because of constant darkness D. because it is too cold outside 8 Write a letter inviting your English pen friend to come to your home town. Write about what your place is famous for. Describe the weather and climate in your area. Use the following guidelines: Dear ..., Best wishes, Ivan 9 Listen and find out what weather will be like in the capitals of the English-speaking countries tomorrow. Fill in the table. Capitals Weather Temperature, °C London Washington Ottawa Canberra Wellington 10 a) Imagine that you are the winner of the TV show. You spent thirty days on an island in the Pacific Ocean on your own. Tell about one of your days there. Say: • what you did there • what you ate there • what you dreamt about b) Discuss the weather with your partner. Make up “a weather dialogue” using the phrases and expressions from Unit one. samples — образцы 41 The world's best friend is you The Earth needs a friend, doesn't it? 1 Look at these notices. Try to answer the following questions: a) What are they about? b) Where could you see each of these notices? Kxample: Feeding animals strictly prohibited. a) You are not allowed to feed the animals. b) You could see this notice at the zoo. 2 Listen and check if you were right in Ex. 1. 3 Translate the phrases. Tiy' to remember them. protect (защищать, предохранять) waste (отходы) waste (трата) Peedi эп1гпа/, strictly pollute (загрязнять) environment ( окружающая среда) - from (от) pollution -- protection of - protective clothing j- chemical waste / waste paper L It’s a waste of time. (Это пустая трата времени.) to be polluted by -- air pollution / sea pollution antipollution laws to protect the environment the pollution of the environment environmental problems/ research KEEP AW ктерегайп AY lecb) from the. k. . GRAMMAR FOCUS: REVIEW 4 Read and remember. Be careful about the use of “the” with the features of the environment. We don’t use any article with the names of: Continents: Europe, Asia, North America, Australia Countries: Russia, Spain, Sweden, New Zealand But: we use “the” in the names with “Republic”, “Federation”, “State”, “Kingdom”: the Russian Federation, the USA, the United Kingdom fthe UK). Mountains: Everest, Elbrus But: we use “the” with mountain chains; the Alps, the Urals ['juorals], the Caucasus |'ko:kos3s|, the Pamirs [pa'miaz] Islands: Bermuda, Iceland But: we use “the” with the group of islands: The Bahamas, the British Isles. Cities / Towns: Moscow, London, Paris We use “the” with the names of Oceans: the Pacific (Ocean), the Indian (Ocean) Rivers: the V'olga I'vnlga], the Ob |nb), the Thames |temz| Seas: the Black Sea, the North Sea, the Baltic ['bo:ltik| Sea Channels: the English Channel Lakes: the Ontario, the Onega |n'njaga| But: no article in the names with “Lake”. 5 Choose the correct form (with or without “the”). Listen and check if you were right. 1. Volga / The Volga is the longest river in Europe / the Europe. 2. Canada / The Canada is in North America / the North America. 3. The highe.st mountain in the world is Mount Everest / the Everest. 4. United Kingdom / The United Kingdom consists of Great Britain / the Great Britain and Northern Ireland / the Northern Ireland. 5. Have you ever been to Lake Baikal / the Lake Baikah 6. Bahamas / The Bahamas are a group of islands in Atlantic Ocean / the Atlantic Ocean. 1. This unusual town is situated near Lake Onega / the Lake Onega. 8. Next year they are going to try their luck in Pamirs / the Pamirs. 9. The capital of USA / the USA is Washington, DC / the Washington, DC, though some people think it’s New York / the New York. 6 Do the quiz. Choose the correct answer. Use “the” if necessary. Write down the answers. Listen and check if you were right. 1. What is the highest mountain in the world? (Etna, Everest, Elbrus) 2. Which is the smallest continent in the world? (Africa, Europe, Australia) 3. Which country is Ottawa the capital of? (Canada, New Zealand, India) 4. What is the name of the ocean which borders North and South America? (Pacific, Indian, Atlantic) 5. Which is the longest river in the world? (Volga, Nile, Amazon) 6. Which is the largest lake in the world? (Michigan, Caspian Sea, Ontario) 7. Which is the deepest lake in the world? (Ontario, Onega, Baikal) 8. Which is the largest country in the world? (USA, Australia, Russia) 9. Which is the largest city in the world? (New York, Moscow, Tokyo) 43 I 7 Classify these words according to the types of environment: Natural geographical features Living organisms Man-made geographical features Natural geographical features — environment which has not been much changed by people Man-made geographical features — environment which has been changed by human activity Words: climate, weather, mountains, towns, forests, fishes, plant species, houses, lakes, seas, oceans, continents, canals, human beings, trees, minerals, air, water, natural channels, railways, islands, animals, land, farms, factories, wild parks, picture galleries, insect species, other planets, the Moon. I 8 Listen and read the dialogue from the film about aliens. What is the main idea of the text? Do you agree or disagree with it? — How do you think we can improve our planet? You, Earth people, have such wonderful ideas. — Well, let’s look at some pictures from your planet. Why are all the buildings so grey? — Ah, 1 know those buildings... They are very functional and useful. — But they are not beautiful. — Who needs beauty? — Well, beauty is one of the things that makes life interesting. — Do you think so? What do you think of our houses? — If you want my opinion, they are not very attractive. — Should we paint the walls orange and yellow? — OK. Maybe it’s worth trying. 9 Say what you would like to improve in ^ur town / village. /7 Use: build new modern houses, paint house; in different colours, plant trees and colourfu flowers, paint funny pictures on the walls, write jokes on fences and walls, create new parks anc lovely gardens with exotic plants, build a circus arrange parties / performances / discos, build г stadium / a swimming pool / a court, open tennis club, it’s worth trying etc. WORD FOCUJ 10 Read, translate and remember. Use the vocabulary. 1. Sometimes both a verb and a noun have the same form: to damage — damage to support — support to waste — waste to research — research to hurt — hurt to award — award 2. -tion can be used to make nouns from verbs: to protect — protection to pollute — pollution to introduce — introduction to predict — prediction to destroy — destruction to explore — exploration to attract — attraction to educate — education to collect — collection to compete — competition to communicate — communication 3. -al is often used to make adjectives from nouns: nature — natur^ nation — national ecology — ecological geography — geographical environment — environmental chemistry — chemical ^ ^ culture — cultural music — musical history — historical biology — biological 1 1 You are going to read a text about the environment and its problems. Look at these words and phrases. Seven of them are in the text. Which ones do you think they are? • human beings • damage • pollute their home • do research on • What amazing wildlife! • be empty of fish • an international di.saster • chemical w'aste • attract a lot of attention • a lot of litter • solve a problem • alarming predictions 12 Read the text and find out if you were right. Give a title to the text. It’s a wonderful w'orld we live in. For thousands of years the Earth has given support to all forms of life — human beings, animals, birds, fishes, insects and plants. But now human beings are killing our planet. Many species of animals and birds have disappeared. Millions of animals die every year because man has polluted their natural homes. Besides, every year people cut down more trees, build more roads, and use more land for farming. This leaves fewer jungles, fields and forests for wildlife. The countr)' air, once clean and fresh, now may be polluted by power stations' and factories. Some of our rivers are now empty of fish. And in some riv'ers you can even see a thick foam caused by chemical waste. All over the world the forests are disappearing. People cut the trees down because they need wood and paper or new places for farms and houses. Forests the size of Belgium are destroyed every year. It’s an international disaster. Even if new trees are planted, it takes many years for them to grow. Go to the seaside and you’ll see the pollution around you. There is a lot of litter on the beaches. Some of it was left by people and some was brought by the water. Pollution is very dangerous for people, wildlife and the environment. We live among litter and wastes which we have created ourselves — fumes of cars, throwaway packaging", etc. People don’t just pollute the environment. They pollute themselves with cigarettes, alcohol and junk food"'. These are some of the world’s most serious environmental problems. And it’s no good pretending they don’t exist — they do. What’s more, they are getting worse all the time! What will happen if we don’t try to solve these problems? Scientists have made predictions and they are alarming. ’ power stations — large buildings in which electricity is made ’ throwaway packaging — material which is u.sed for packing products and should be thrown away after use "" junk food — unhealthy food like popcorn, chips, hamburgers etc 13 Read the text and underline the words that you don’t understand. See “How to guess the meaning of a new word” in “Learning strategies”. 14 Look at the pictures carefully. Write captions for the pictures using the text. Compare your captions with the captions of other students. 4^ 15 Find in the text (Ex. 12 on p. 45) the phrases that have similar meanings to the following; amazing people die out nature around us make vital problems forecast frightening unhealthy food rubbish everywhere damage gases 16 Answer the following questions. 1. Why have many species of birds and animals disappeared? 2. What is the air polluted by? 3. Are rivers polluted? 4. Why are forests disappearing all over the world? 5. Can you see pollution at the seaside? 6. People are in danger, aren’t they? 7. What are the most serious environmental problems now? 8. Did you learn amthlng from the text? What? 17 Look through the text and Find the sentences with the passive voice. Read them aloud and translate into Russian. 18 Look through the text. Find the words which match these rules. Write them down and translate them. a) nouns with suffix -lion b) verb = noun c) adjectives with suffix -al 19 Give a talk about your area (city / town / village). Say; • where it is situated (in what part of Russia etc) • about the population and languages spoken • about its geographical features and wild life (climate, rivers, plants and animals etc) Mini-project; Environmental problems 20 Work in pairs. • Look back to the text in Ex. 12. Find information about environmental problems. • Make a poster about those problems. Use the slogans / notices in Ex. 1 on p. 42 as an example. • Make a presentation of your poster. 46 Section 2 Conditional II and GRAMMAR FOCUS: CONDITIONAL II AND I 21 Read and remember. Sometimes we talk about things which are unlikely or impossible. 1. If 1 took part in the competition, I would have a chance to visit all English-speaking countries. (Conditional II) Если бы я (сейчас) принимал участие в соревновании, у меня была бы возможность посетить (возможно бы посетил) все англоговорящие страны. [Действие и условие совершения действия маловероятны. Условие и действие относятся к настоящему или будущему времени.] 2. If I had taken part in the competition, I would have had a chance to visit all English-speaking countries. (Conditional 111) Если бы я (тогда) принял участие в соревновании, у меня была бы воз.можность посетить все англоговорящие страны. [Действие и условие совершения действия абсолютно нереальны, поскольку условие и действие относятся к прошлому.) Conditionals If-clause (придаточное условное) Principal clause (главное предложение) Conditional II If + the past simple would + I form Маловероятное a) If wc tjptfiftl more national paries. we would .save wild animals. условие. Если бы мы (сейчас) со.здавали -действие относится больше заповедников. мы бы спасли диких животных. К настоящему или Ь) If I were rich. I would help the poor animals. будущему времени. Если бы я был богатым. я бы помог бедным животным. Conditional III If + the past perfect would / could have -i- III form Нереальное условие. If people hadn’t thrown waste in the Действие относится water, our seas wtiuld have been cleaner. К прошедшему Если бы люди (тогда) не сбрасывали времени. ОТХОДЫ в воду, наши моря были бы чище. Remember: In Conditional II the verb “to be" has the form “were" in if-clause: If I were you (на вашем бы .месте), I would call her right now. If I were the head of our school, I wouldn't allow teachers to give bad marks. If he were invited to make round-the-world tour, he would giv'e it a try. 22 Read and translate the sentences. Say which sentences you agree / disagree with. Try to explain your choice. 1. If we cut down fewer forests, the air would be clean and fresh. 2. If we didn’t pollute our rivers and lakes, they would be full of fish. i. If we were clever and careful, we wouldn’t live among litter and waste. 4. If we planted more new forests, we would save wild animals. 5, If we took care of our planet, we wouldn’t have so many environmental problems. 6. If people hadn’t polluted the planet, many species of animals wouldn’t have disappeared. 7. If countries had spent more money on scientific research, scientists would have solved some environmental problems. 8. If people had dreamed more about space flight, they would have found another planet to live on. 9. If people hadn’t invented different machines and developed industry', the environmental problems wouldn’t have appeared. 47 23 Complete the sentences, putting the verbs into the correct form. Translate them into Russian. I. Example: If she ... (ring) me up, I ... (tell) her the news.— If she rang me up, I would tell her the news. 1. If she ... (finish) her research, she ... (take part) in the conference. 2. If he ... (feel) bad, he ... (stay) in bed. 3. If I ... (be) you, I ... (visit) the old man. 4. What ... (do) you if you ... (win) 500 dollars? 5. Ann ... (behave) well if you ... (take) her to the party. II. Example: If the weather ... (be) sunny and warm, we... (go) to the country.— If the weather had been sunny and warm, we would (could) have gone to the country. 1. If the teenager ... (collect) his thoughts, he ... (win) the competition. 2. If you ... (learn) CJerman, you ... (stay) out of trouble. 3. If they ... (take) care of their pets, the poor puppy and kitten ... not (get) into trouble. 4. If we ... not (rely) on him, we ... not (be) late. 5. If the girl ... (lay) the table, her aunt ... not (be) angry with her. 25 Use your own ideas to complete the sentences. 1. If you gave it a try,... 2. She would send for the doctor if... 3. What would you do if...? 4. If I had thought about threats,... 5. The scientist would have told about the serious problem, if... 26 Answer the questions. 1. What would you do if you were rich? 2. What would you do if you were invited to play a part in a film or in a performance? What part would you prefer to play? 3. What would you do if you were invited to take part in space travel as a member of an international crew (зкипаж)^ VV'hat would you prefer to be responsible for? 4. What would you do if an earthquake began? 5. What would you do if your friend gave you a snake or a crocodile as a birthday present? 6. What would you do if you were the head of our country? 7. What would you do for the environment: a) If you were the Pre.sident of our country? b) If you were a talented scientist? □ 24 Listen, read and leant the poem by heart. If all the seas were one sea. Если бы да кабы! Кабы реки и озера What a great sea that would be! Слить бы в озеро одно. If all the trees were one tree. А из всех деревьев бора What a great tree that would be! Сделать дерево одно. And if all the axes' were one axe. Топоры бы все расплавить What a great axe that would be! И отлить один топор. And if all the men were one man. А из всех людей составить What a great man that would be! Человека выше гор. And if the great man took the great axe. Кабы, взяв топор могучий. And cut down the great tree. Этот грозный великан And let it fall into the great sea. Этот ствол обрушил с кручи. What a splish-splash" that would be^ То-то громкий был бы треск. То-то шумный был бы плеск. * axe [icks] — топор ” splish-splash — брызги, плеск 1 (Перевод С. Маршака) 48 Section 3 What's wrong with us? 27 Look at the picture. a) Name tv\'o most serious and crucial problems of our day. b) List the following problems in order of their importance. Share your opinion with your classmates. / ✓ iangerous technologies ,o9 .A*’ .c.'l \3tea’ crimes, terrorism drugs WORD FOCUS: BE / GET USED TO SMTH / TO DOING SMTH 28 Read and remember. , , , something . be / get used to something — привыкнуть к чему-либо, иметь привычку делать что-либо 1. We were / are used to having breakfast together.— Мы имеем привычку / привыкли завтракать вместе. 2. She isn’t used to the strange weather in this country.— Она не привыкла к странной погоде в этой стране. 3. People got used to polluting the planet.— Люди привыкли загрязнять планету. 4. We aren’t used to recycling waste products.— Мы не привыкли перерабатывать отходы. 29 Translate into Russian. Pay attention to different meanings of use. 1. I am used to getting up early. 2. Soon Jane got used to these strange sounds. 3. Why don’t you use a dictionary to check the spelling? 4. It took me a long time to get used to their language. 5. Do you mind if I use your computer? 6. I don’t think I can get used to a situation like that. 7. The young people were used to wasting time. 30 Read the situations and write three sentences with he / get used to. l-.xaniple: In September Jane went to a new school. It was a traditional English private school for girls. a) At first she wasn’t used to strict discipline / to wearing a uniform. b) Then, she got used to strict discipline / to wearing a uniform. c) Now she is used to strict discipline / to wearing a uniform. 49 1. Mike went to Canada a month ago. It was very cold and frosty there. a) At first he wasn’t u.sed to... b) Then, he got used to... c) Now he is used to... 2. The Porters moved to a small town. It takes John Porter two hours to get to London to his office. a) At first he wasn’t used to... b) Then, he got used to... c) Now he is used to... 3. Alice decided to get fit. It was difficult for her to keep to a healthy diet and do sports every day. a) At first she wasn’t used to... b) Then, she got used to... c) Now she is used to... 31 Say what you are used to / aren’t used to doing at school / at home. Kxample: 1 am used to keeping silent in lessons. 1 am not used to some school rules. 32 Here is an extract from a famous novel “Gulliver’s Travels” by Jonathan Swift, an English writer. a) Before you read the story: Look at the picture. Read the description of the characters from the text. Match the descriptions and the characters. Yahoos |j3'hu:| — creatures who lived on the island. Their heads and chests were covered in hair, and legs and arms as well. They walked sometimes on two, and sometimes on four legs, and could climb trees. They had human faces. They were unfriendly, envious and greedy. Houys |hu:z| — also lived on the island. Houys means a horse. They looked like horses. These creatures were kind and friendly, didn’t tell lies, and they liked to get along with their neighbours. They w'ere the masters of the Yahoos. b) Read the text and name three things Gulliver’s master didn’t know. My master looked quite worried. “What is lying?” he asked. In their language there was no word which meant telling lies, and my master had great difficulty in understanding me. I tried to explain. “Oh,” he answered, still unsure. “But why does anyone tell a lie? There’s no reason for doing it. We u.se language in this country in order to understand each other, and to give and receive information. If you don’t tell the truth, how can people understand each other?” I began to see how different Houys’ life was from what I was used to. “But tell me,” he continued, “about your conn-try.” 1 was delighted to describe recent English history to him, especially some of our most successful wars. “But why docs one countr)- attack another? ” he asked. “There are many reasons,” I replied. “A king or his lords may want more land. Or there ma\-be a difference of opinion between two countries: for example, whether uniforms should be black, white, red, or grey. Sometimes we fight because the enemy’s too strong, sometimes because he Isn’t strong enough. Sometimes our neighbours want the things we have, or have the things we want. We often attack our best friend, if we want some of his land. There’s always a war somewhere. For this reason, being a soldier is one of the best jobs you can have.” “A soldier,” repeated my master. “I’m not quite sure what that is.” “A soldier is a Yahoo who works for his king and countr)’. His orders are to kill as many people as he can,” 1 answered. “People who’ve never hurt him?” asked the master. 50 “That’s right,” I said, pleased that he seemed to understand at last. “Soldiers have killed thousands of people in recent history.” He shook his head and looked sad. “I think you must be — what was your word? Ah, yes — lying to me. How could you and your countrymen kill so many other Yahoos? And why would you want to?” 1 smiled as I replied proudly, “Sir, you don’t know much about European war. With our guns and bullets and gunpowder we can destroy a thousand ships, a hundred cities, and twenty thousand men. You see,—” “Be quiet!" he ordered. “I’ve heard enough. I know Yahoos are bad, but I didn’t realize they could possibly do such terrible things.” After these conversations 1 began to wonder whether the Houys were right. Why do we humans so often fight wars and tell lies? Peace and truth began to seem more important than making war or making money. 33 Match the parts of the sentences. 1. We use language in this country in order to.. 2. We fight for many reasons... 3. His orders are to kill as many people as he can though... 4. With guns and bullets and gunpowder we can. 5. Why do we humans so often... 6. Peace and truth began to seem more important... a) destroy a thousand ships, a hundred cities, and twenty thousand men. b) than making war or making money. c) fight wars and tell lies? d) understand each other and give and receive information. e) sometimes because the enemy isn’t strong enough, sometimes because the neighbours want the things we have. f) they have never hurt him. 1 2 3 4 5 6 □ 34 Work in pairs. Discuss one of the following problems. Make your suggestions. Share them with other students. 1. Why was there no word which means “telling lies” in the fairytale country? Can people live without telling lies? Do you often lie? Is it bad or good to tell lies? 2. Were there any wars in the fairytale country? Is it possible to avoid wars in our world? Why? Why do people start wars? 3. Would you like to live on the island with Houys? Why? Would you like our world to become similar to theirs? Is it possible? 4. What would you have to get used to if you went to the fairytale island? 35 Say what you would do if you could improve our world. Name the three most important things. Use: The first thing I would do is... Secondly, I would... Finally, I would also... Mini-project: A perfect world □ 36 Work in groups. • Discuss the possible ways to make the world better. • Write down your proposals / ideas. • Share your proposals with your classmates. 51 Why throw away? Why not recycle? 39 Read and translate the word combinations. Create your own sentences using the words. prohibit (запрещать) j- be (strictly) prohibited ^ prohibition 37 Look at the pictures. Give your ideas. 1. What are these bins used for? 2. Do you have such bins in your school / yard / street? 3. What does your family do with the rubbish? Who takes the rubbish out? 4. Do you try to throw away less rubbish? 5. Do you know about recycling? What have you heard about it? 6. What products are recycled in Russia? Use; collect, throw away, bury, recycle, produce, protect the environment, be polluted with chemical waste, be in danger, waste paper, cans, bottles, metal, plastic. litter (мусор) pack (упаковывать, упаковка) *- - recyclable - recycled paper - recycling - a recycling centre ■ drop litter ■ clear litter (away) ■ rubbish / garbage throw (выбра- сывать) -c a packet / a pack of envelopes / biscuits packaging (упаковка) packed / unpacked goods (товары)\ to throw at / to to throw away (= to get rid oO can (1. мочь, 2. коробка, банка) p can protect / destroy / prohibit 4- Can you help me to collect them? .■n a can of drink / food can _J38 Listen to these words and compare them with the Russian words: million, a ton, a kilogram, plastic, polythene, metal, cigarette, packet, supermarket, farm, industry, factory', ecology, planet, international, problem, computer, chance, climate, container 40 Work in pairs. a) Choose one of the texts and read quickly through the text. b) Tell each other what you have learnt from the text. c) Read the other texts to find out if your partner has talked about everything. 52 Why throw away so much? Many countries bury and forget about mUlions of tons of rubbish every year. It is known that in one year, a European family with two children throws away about 50 kilos of paper (that’s six trees), and about 60 kilos of plastic. The Green World reports say that in one year the average person throws away: about 70 food cans, 34 cans of pet food and about 70 drink cans. But we don’t have to throw away all our waste paper, glass, metal and plastic. We can also burn or recycle a lot of it. In fact waste can be wonder-nil stuff. Many things that we throw away can still be useful. In fact it’s possible to recycle 80% of domestic rubbish. We can recycle most kinds of paper, glass, metal and plastic. But only 4% of recyclable material is actually recycled. Rec^'cling ;s expensive. But it saves trees and energy and rrotects the environment from pollution. Packaging These days, people usually do shopping in supermarkets. Nearly everything is packed in paper or plastic containers. Some of this “packaging” is recessary. It keeps food clean and fresh. But some rackaging is not necessary. It’s just to make the rood look better. Every year in Britain each person produces about 57 kilograms of plastic waste. Disposing of all this plastic is an expensive rroblem. But that’s not all. Making plastic causes pollution. Unfortunately, some of this packaging doesn’t •each the bins. It becomes litter instead. Some reople simply tear the wrapping off sweets and mrow it away. They drop their cigarette packets and cans of drink without a thought. In the town their litter looks horrible. But for-mnately someone clears it away. In the country -;de. it remains in the fields and on the roadsides -nless the people who live nearby pick it up. It can kill or hurt farm animals. Bottles and cans cause cuts, and the animals can eat pol)thene bags and die, or put their heads in them and suffocate. 41 Reread the text and underline the words that you don’t understand. Guess their meanings. See “How to guess the meaning of a new word” in “Learning strategies”. 42 Find w'ords or w'ord combinations in the texts: a) which have b) which have a similar the opposite meaning meaning to to the following: the following: litter to look worse to get rid of impossible to make cheap the packaging to destroy to save dirty to damage to remember terrible fortunately 43 Answer the following questions. 1. What can people do with rubbish instead of just throwing it away? 2. Why is rec)'cling important nowadays? 3. How much of recyclable material is actually recycled? Why so little? 4. Are there recycling centres in your town / village? What do people usually take there? 5. Is packaging necessary? Why? 6. Why does some packaging become litter? 7. Why is litter so dangerous in the countryside? 8. Is litter a big problem in your town / village? Why don’t you and your friends organize a “clean-up day” to clear all the litter in the local park / outside the school? 53 GRAMMAR FOCUS: CONDITIONALS 44 Read and remember. Sometimes you can find combined sentences. Different types of conditionals u.sed in the same sentence show that the cause and the effect refer to different time periods. 1. If people hadn’t thrown away so much rubbish, the Earth would be safe now.— Если бы люди не выбрасывали так много мусора, сейчас Земля была бы в безопасности. 2. If I had phoned him yesterday, 1 would be able to continue the research now.— Если бы я позвонил ему вчера, то сегодня я мог бы продолжить работу над исследование.м. 3. If she were not so busy, she would have visited the little boy yesterday.— Если бы она не была так занята, она бы навестила малыша вчера. 4. If Steven were а hard-working student, he would have answered all the questions three days ago.— Если бы Стивен был прилежным ученико.м, то он ответил бы на все вопросы три дня назад. 46 Complete the sentences. 1. If people thought about the Earth before they throw something away,... 2. If people took as much rubbish as they could to local recycling centres,... 3. If people avoided buying packaged goods,... 4. If people didn’t waste paper,... 5. If people didn’t drop litter,... 6. If people cleared up litter outside their home, offices and schools,... 45 Read and translate the following sentences into Russian. 1. If people had been more careful, pollution wouldn’t have killed so many fishes and plants in the sea. 2. If they didn’t throw away tons of rubbish, they wouldn’t have so many environmental problems now. 3. If we had stopped using poisonous gases, our air would be fresh and clear. 4. If we thought about our future, we wouldn’t have cut down forests. 5. If people took as much rubbish as they could to recycling centres, they would protect their environment from pollution. 6. If they had known about the consequences, they wouldn’t have dropped that cigarette packet. 47 Work in pairs. Discuss and fill in the table. If we recycle the waste, we protect nature,... save rivers,... help animals,... This sign means that the thing can be recycled. This sign means that the thing is made from recycled materials. 48 Write down at least 5 things you can do to reduce throwing away rubbish. Use: throw something away, can be used, create litter, go shopping, buy packaged / unpackaged goods, waste paper, write on both sides of the paper, buy recycled paper product.s, drop litter, clear litter, take as much rubbish as you can to local recycling centres, etc. 149 Work in pairs. Prepare for your school radio an announcement inviting your schoolmates to take part in a “clean-up day” outside the school. Try to be original and convincing. Use whatever information from the texts you wish. Read your announcements to your classmates. 54 )iWhat can we do to save the Earth? / 50 Listen to the poem written by a British girl, Miriam Mackley. Do you agree or disagree with the girl? Why? The world needs a friend To love and depend on In times of trouble... The world has hope yet If the children let it And if we do it right Together we can make the world A better place Because the world’s best friend Is you! 51 Translate the phrases. U.se them to make up your own sentences. avoid avoid such people avoid talking to... / (избегать, стараться не делать что-либо) using something _ avoid being recognized the least money / time (the smallest amount) at least 52 Give advice beginning with “avoid” to your friends: a) when they are going to have a picnic; b) when they are going to ride bicycles in a city or in the country; c) when they are going to travel round the world. [Example: Avoid dropping litter in the country. 55 53 Read and give a title to the text. You are just one of 6,000 million people, who live on our Earth. So can your actions really make a difference to its future? The answer is yes, they certainly can. Because if you try to live in a way that will save the world rather than destroy it, you won’t be alone. Your example will encourage your friends and family to do the same. Then they will tell their friends and families about helping to care for the environment. Here are some ways in which you, your friends and your family can begin trying to save the Earth right now. 1. Try not to wa.ste energy. 2. Keep yourself informed about environmental problem.s. 3. Before you throw anything away, stop and think. Might someone else have a use for it? 4. Take as much rubbish as you can to local recycling centres. 5. If you have a choice avoid buying packaged goods. 6. Don’t waste paper. 7. Before you buy anything, ask yourself if you really need it. 8. Walk or cycle whenever possible. 9. Never drop litter. 10. Help to clean up your local environment. 11. Try to reduce noise pollution. 12. Put out food for wild animals in winter. Here are several points towards saving the Earth. It won’t always be easy to follow them. Your friends and family may not always agree with you. And if you can manage to carry out at least some of them, you will know that you are contributing towards saving the Earth. 54 Here are six sentences which belong in Ex. 53. a) Read the text once more and decide where to add the sentences. Mark the places in the □ text where they fit in best. b) Listen to the text and check if you have added the sentences correctly. A. Don’t stand with the fridge door open while you wonder what to eat — make your mind up before you open the door. The fridge warms up when the door is open and it takes extra energy to make it cold again. B. You don’t need everything adverts say you do. Try to avoid buying things you really don’t have any use for. C. There is probably a group in your area which spends weekends cleaning up ponds, rivers, parks and woods. Take some friends along and join the group — you’ll have fun as well as helping the environment. D.When you are writing, use both sides of the paper. E. Charities are often pleased to have old books, clothes and toys. F. Don’t take your radio outside — other people may not want to hear it. □ 55 Discuss with your partner and name the three most important and three least important points for saving the Earth. Explain how you can follow the most important ones. 56 Complete the sentences using Conditional II. 1. If all the people decided to save our world,... 2. If people took cans, bottles, paper to local recycling centre.s,... 3. If people bought only the things they really needed,... 4. If people tried to walk or cycle instead of driving cars,... 5. If people didn’t drop litter in the country side,... 6. If people avoided buying packaged goods,... 7. If people didn’t waste paper,... 8. If people followed half of the points listed in Ex. 53,... 56 57 Say if there is anything in the text that you found useful / important / silly. Why? Would you follow any of the points? What points and why? 58 Listen to the dialogue twice. a) As you listen for the first time, answer the following questions: 1. Who is speaking? 2. W'hat are they talking about? b) Before you listen for the second time, look at the statements below. As you listen, tick the boxes if you think the statements are true or false. Now listen again. Yes No □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ 1. Ann is out. Her mother is taking a phone message from Andrew. 2. Andrew and his friends are going to arrange a picnic in the park. 3. There will be a “clean-up day” in a small park behind the school next weekend. 4. They need a poster reminding people about youth problems. 5. Maybe people will see the dean park and the poster and W'ill avoid dropping litter. 6. Andrew will be glad to see Alex and Jess next weekend. □ 59 Work in pairs. a) Look at the pictures and choose one of them. b) Imagine what the characters are saying to each other. c) Write a short dialogue. d) Act out your dialogue. Mini-project: How to save the Earth ■ 60 • Write a script for a short \ideo film 1 advising people how they can try to save the ^ Earth. • Use the information from the text in Ex. 53. • Find out the additional information in the Internet. • Present your script to the classmates. 57 Homework к 1 Make up as many phrases as possible using the words in the box. Example: waste paper pollute, pollution, waste, protect, protection, protective, environment, environmental, antipollution, of, air, sea, problems, law, clothing, research, chemical, nuclear 2 Copy the sentences. Fill in “the”, if necessary. 1. Travelling is my hobby. 2. 1 live in ... Russian Federation, but I’ve been to ... North and ... South America, some parts of... Asia, most of... Europe and ... Africa. 3. If possible I prefer travelling by ... ship or on ... foot. 4. Last summer I was on a journey around ... world. 5. I started on ... Black Sea, then went round ... Bulgaria, ... Greece, ... Italy,... France, ... Spain, ... Portugal and many other countries. 6 Do Ex. 16 on p. 46. 7 Translate into English. Тысячи лет Земля кормила и поддерживала нас. Но человек уничтожает свою планету. Люди строят .электростанции и города, вырубают леса и убивают животных. Наши реки, земля и воздух отравлены химическими отходами. Загрязнение окружающей среды опасно для людей и дикой природы. Предсказания ученых настораживают; это международная катастрофа. Почему люди травят себя сигаретами, алкоголем, некачественной едой? Давайте решать эти проблемы вместе! 8 Design some notices protecting; 1. people from animals 2. from air pollution 3. from water pollution 4. people’s health 9 Do Ex. 23 on p. 48 in written form. 3 Do Ex. 5 on p. 43 in written form. 4 Look back at Ex. 7 on p. 44. Write down the kinds of environment, which are in your area. Natural geographical features; ... Living organisms; ... Man-made geographical features; ... 5 Write a short essay about your area (city, town, village). Use the following guidelines. 1. Write where it is situated, how far it is from the capital city of your country and your region. 2. Write about its population (how many people, what nationalities, what languages are spoken and taught). 3. Describe its man-made features and architecture (houses, streets, galleries, theatres, etc). 4. Describe its geographical features and wildlife (rivers, climate, weather, plants and animals, etc). 10 Translate into English. Use Conditional II or III. 1. Если бы у меня были проблемы с родителями, я бы с ними поговорил. 2. Мой друг мог бы съездить во Францию прошлым летом, если бы он не.много говорил по-францу.зски. 3. Я бы тебе не позвонил, если бы ситуация не была такой опасной. 4. На твоем месте я бы проводила больше времени на свежем воздухе. 5. Люди бы не вырубали леса, если бы знали больше о том, как леса важны для них и животных. 1 1 Write down the most serious and crucial problems of our day in order of their importance. Use the information in Ex. 27, p. 49. 58 12 Do Ex. 31 on p. 50 in written form. VV'rite 7-8 sentences. 13 Add phrases to the following headings: 1. What people should not do: attack their friends to take their lands; ... 2. What people should do: help each other, ... 14 Arrange the following sentences in the correct order to make up a summar)' of the text about (iulliver. Write the summar)’. 1. The Houys couldn’t understand some words because they didn't have such words in their language. 2. .After their convers;)tion (iulliver realized how r)ften people do terrible things to each other. 3. Gulliver explained why people lie, light and kill each other. I. During his stay on the island (iulliver talked with one of the I louys about the life of people in Europe. 5. They used their language to understand each other and to exchange information. 6. In the end the I louys stopped (iulliver. He couldn’t see the rea.sons for killing other human beings and telling lies. □ 15 Choose any point in Ex. 3‘l on p. 51 and write your opinion on it. 16 Match the words in the boxes and make up meaningful phrases. Example: a can of drink a can of, a pack of, unpacked, plastic, to save, to protect, recycling, to destroy, to throw, to drop, to prohibit postcards, goods, centre, environment, forests, litter, smoking, animals, drink, packaging, away, animals, wild parks, space 1 7 Copy the text. Fill in the blanks using the words in the box. wastes, throws away, drop, cans of drink, environment, glass, paper, kilos of plastic, recycled, domestic rubbish These days people have realized how important their ... is. They re;ul newspapers and find out that in one year a European family ... a lot of...: about 50 kilos of paper ami about (>() .... Some people throw away .... plastic p;ickaging, ... their cigarette packets without a thought. But many kinds of ... can be still useful. Most kinds of ... and ..., metal, plastic can be . . . . 18 Write down 5 questions you would ask the director of a big recycling centre. 19 Do Ex. 46 on p. 54 in written form. 20 Translate into English. 1. Мы (3i)i жили iia ЧИСЮЙ Земле, если (li.i люди не Bi.ibpaciiiiiann сго/п>ко мусора последние 20-.30 лсч. 2. Если бы кажд|>1й убирал спою улицу, город, го жи.чньсгала бы ирия гией и удобней. 3. Если бы жи[!0|Н1.1е могли говори!и, они рассказали 6i.i миот mriepeciiom о людях. 21 Write down your comments on the following ideas. Use Ex. 53 on p. .56 as an example. 1. If you have a choice, avoid buying packaged goods... 2. Walk or cycle w'henever possible... 3. Put out food tor wild animals in winter... 22 Write a story based on one of the pictures in Ex. 59 on p. 57. Use the following guidelines; One day... Suddenly... Finally... 0 59 Key vocabulary Expressions and phrases; air pollution Nouns: Verbs: Adjectives: antipollution law bin avoid dangerous at least can pack environmental avoid doing something danger pollute least be in / out of danger ensironment prohibit protective be polluted human being protect recyclable be (get) used to something litter recycle recycling be (get) used to doing something packaging throw throwaway break human rights prohibition (away /into) chemical waste protection waste clear litter away pollution drop litter recycling geographical features rubbish give it a try waste It’s a waste of time keep silent recycling centre sea pollution throw away waste paper 60 Progress check 1 Match the words (and phrases) which have opposite meanings. 1. to prohibit 2. to protect 3. to pollute 4. to throw 5. to drop litter 6. to be in danger 7. to avoid doing something a) to damage b) to clear rubbish away c) to be out of danger d) to allow e) to enjoy doing .something 0 to clean g) to catch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 c 2 Complete each .sentence with one of the words or phrases below. pollution, rubbi.sh, cans, environment, packaging, protect, is thrown, in danger, prohibited, pollute, bins, clearing up People get a lot of food from the sea. But we have made the sea a very dirty place. If we are not careful, ... will kill many of the animals and plants in the .sea. lot of rubbi.sh ... into the .sea. .Sea animals, fish and birds are .... Some animals try to eat the .... they die. Oil (нефть) from big ships, chemicals and waste ... the sea and kill whales and dolphins, fish and sea birds. Luckily many people realize now that we must люк after the sea and ... it. They say polluting the sea should be strictly .... Croups of people who care alxiut the ... spend their free time ... litter from the beaches. People collect .... bottles and ... and put them into different... for further recycling. 3 Use the word in capitals to form a word that fits suitably in the blank space. Fill in each blank in this w'ay. Kxample; RECYCLE After “the clear up day” in the park the students took the rubbish to the local recycling centre. 1. POLLU TE ... is one of the most serious and crucial world’s problems of our day. 2. PROTECT The young woman didn't know where to look for ... . 3. ENVIRONMF.N'T Some of the first ... organizations in the world started in Britain. 4. DANGER It was a very ... journey. .3. USE When the young people first came to Ireland, they weren’t ... to cold weather. 6. PROHIBIT Smoking is strictly ... in the office. 4 Fill in the definite article “the” if needed. The official name of the country is ... United Kingdom of... Great Britain and ... Northern Ireland. The country is situated in ... British Isles. The two main islands are: ... Great Britain (in which arc ... England, Wales and Scotland) and ... Ireland. ... United Kingdom is not far from ... Europe. ... UK is washed by ... Atlantic Ocean in the east and by ... North Sea in the we.st. The highest mountains are in ... Scotland and ... Wales: ... Ben Nevis (1,343 metres) and ... Snowdon (1,085 metres). The longest rivers are ... Severn (345 kilometres) and ... River Thames (346 kilometres). ... UK is one of the world’s smallest countries (it is half the size of... France or ... Spain). The largest cities of ... Great Britain are ... London, ... Birmingham and ... Glasgow. 61 5 Complete the sentences, using Conditional II and III. E.xample; If we ... (throw away) less rubbish, our planet would be nicer and cleaner.— If we threw away less rubbish, our planet would be nicer and cleaner. 1. If people ... (take) bottles, newspapers and cans to special bins, they could be recycled. 2. If 1 ... (be) you, 1 would join Greenpeace. 3. If we didn’t pollute our seas, they ... (be) full of fish. 4. If I were you, 1 ... (continue) the exploration. 5. If you had read these books, you ... (know) more about this environmental problem. 6. If we had protected the environment seriously, our planet ... (be) out of danger. 7. If people ... (avoid) damaging nature, many species of animals wouldn’t have disappeared. 8. If she ... (hear) the conversation, she wouldn’t have come there. 6 Choose the correct translation of the sentences. 1. If you took the medicine, you would feel better. a) Если бы вы приняли лекарство, то чувствовали бы себя лучше (сейчас). b) Если вы будете принимать лекарство, то почувствуете себя лучше. c) Если бы вы принимали лекарство, то вы чувствовали бы себя лучше (тогда). 2. If people had thought about their future, they wouldn’t have cut down forests. a) Если люди будут думать о свое.м буду-ще.м, то они не будут вырубать леса. b) Если бы люди подумали о своем будущем, то они не вырубали бы сейчас леса. c) Если бы люди думали о своем будущем, то они не вырубили бы леса. 7 Read the text. For the questions (1, 2, 4) choose the answer (a, b, c or d) which you think fits best according to the text. For the questions (3, 5) write a short answer. Dead Sea in Danger The Dead Sea, the saltiest body of water of the Earth and a wonderful natural treasure, is becoming smaller and smaller because of decisions by people to use part of its waters. The Dead Sea is located at the lowest point o; the Earth, almost 400 metres below sea level. It is 50 kilometres long. Just 40 years ago it stretched 80 kilometres in length. One of the main reasons for the sea’s shrinking' is lack of water. 90% of the waters that flow from the Iordan River, which traditionally goes into the Dead Sea, is taken for drinking and agriculture in Israel and Jordan. Besides, local industry' adds to the Dead Sea’s problems. They use the water for getting necessan minerals. It’s a real disaster for the Sea. Now hundreds of thou.sands of tourists come to the Dead Sea every year. Its water is so salty that a man can read a newspaper comfortably while lying on his back on the water. The water contains a lot of sulphur", and the thick black mud” that is found at the sea’s beach is very useful for people with skin diseases. Tourists treat their bodies with the black mud, but they don’t think about the Dead Sea’s troubles. It can be saved — but time is running out. ‘ shrinking — уменьшение " sulphur — сера mud — грязь 1. Where is the Dead Sea located? a) At the highest point of the Earth b) At the hottest place of the F.arth c) At the low'est point of the F.arth d) At the coldest place of the Earth 2. According to the text how long is the Dead Sea now? a) 400 metres b) 50 kilometres c) 80 kilometres d) 40 kilometres 62 3. Find and write down the sentence that says why the Dead Sea is in danger. 4. What are two main reasons for taking off part of the Dead Sea’s water? a) Thousands of tourists come to the Sea to treat their diseases; the Dead Sea’s water is used by local industry. b) People take water from the Jordan River for their needs; they use the Dead Sea’s water for getting necessary minerals. c) Local industry uses its black mud; people take the Sea’s water for agriculture and drinking. d) 90% of the Jordan waters is taken for drinking and agriculture in Israel and Jordan; thousands of tourists come to the Sea for treating. 5. Why does the text finish with the words: It can be saved — but time is running out? Explain your answer. 8 Everyone in your town is talking about the Local Animals Project: local animals will live there and perform for the public. American partners are going to invest money in the Local Animals Project. Decide whether you are for or against the project. Write a letter to American partners. Use the letter below as a model. i 9 Listen to the interviews with Dawn and Rory about zoos. Write in the spaces below who likes zoos and who does not. Then listen again and write down four reasons each person gives. The first one has been done for you. Dawn ... zoos. Reasons why: 1. people can see some fantastic animals. 2. ______________________________________ 3.. 4.. Rory ... zoos. Reasons why: 1.______________ 2.______________ 3. ____________ 4. ____________ 10 a) Tell your friend about vital environmental problems. Imagine that your friend knows very little about them, b) Discuss with your friend a plan for a clean up day in your town / in your district. tsejur SLry curz. "bo- LAx-wxk^ \^ jvr/1 ol all. I never miss my lavourite radio pioj'iamme ahout animals. Besides, I can hear a lol ol цо(ч1 music and interesting info on the r.ulin uhile doing my homework. Use the e.\pressions; listen to the radio; turn the radio on oil, switch the I'V on off, hear something on the radio ! TV; get news over the school radio; get news over T V'.' the Internet; watch television a video; see a TV programme; miss a I'V / radio programme; video a IV programme a film; seiul ! get a message by the Internet; read newspapers .' hiHiks / magazines f iouriials / tahlouls; have lavourite pages / programmes, talk shows, game shows, quiz shows; imagine the looks and actions of the characters, make new friends. It makes me led belter. I can listen to it while doing something. I enjoy watching listening.,, It’s amazing / lantastic / exciting! I really relax... 1 prefer... i like... best ot all, 0 lOi isten, repeal and read. |ao| radio telephone programme video soap show alone hope-local sociable disco though l.ail l.ibloid annoy enioy the Bolshoy 1 heatre I tv I channel char.icTer advert lantastic planet satell ite nalion.il scandal angry international haj>|ien action |.^:| talk always forec.isl call broadcast report reporter small also important before It: I advertisement turn work IVII amazing ancient daily newspaper wait information neighbour detail dangerous Ы М>ПК‘ ['lll^lisbcr Sumlay olluT cultmv above h>! cjualily poj>ul;n- LOlKCTi pos.sil^le oUen [’‘vohlem [>hoU)gra}»lRT coriv.spoiulctU job unp(»pu!.ir l.itt:| computer news musical opportunity review |o:| through сагКит disappiove |o| could would 66 в 13 Work in pairs. Talk as if you are a talk show host and a guest speaking about travelling or a competition. Use the information you have just prepared. After a while swap your roles. 1 1 Read the brief text about radio. .Answer the questions; 1. Have you ever heard a radio talk show? What was it about? 2. Did you call in to ask a question or to give your opinion? Why not? 3. What question would you ask the radio talk show host speaking about the media? What about radio? One can hardly believe that across the USA there are more than nine thousand radio stations. Listeners can listen to all kinds of stations; pop or classical music, news, sport or radio talk shows. While listening to a radio talk show you can call in and ask any question. But you should be ready to give your own opinion if the talk show host or his guests ask you to. lii 12 Prepare some brief information for a competition to start your own show as a talk radio show host. Use the following expressions; It’s worth remembering that ... (most of the world/ none of my friends /...) One can hardly believe that ... (people are not curious / are afraid of losing /...) While doing something (travelling / taking part in a competition /...) You should always be ready to (changeyour opinion about other countries / meet new friends / lose a game .i GRAMMAR FOCUS: UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS 14 Read, translate and remember. • A noun can be countable or uncountable. Countable nouns are things we can count Example: computer — five computers • Uncountable nouns are things that we cannot count. Example: information, money, TV, music, progress, water, air, snow, advice, bread, food, news, damage, weather, work, etc • Uncountable nouns have only one form (water, air). Example; Most people listen to music while driving to work. I've heard it on the TV. • Articles a / an are not used with uncountable nouns. Example: He doesn’t eat meat. He’s a vegetarian. What’s on T\^ tonight? • Some / any and much / little are used with uncountable nouns Example: — Can I have some juice? — You are welcome! I’m sorr)'. I can’t join you on Sunday. I’ve got much work to do. 67 ЕВ 15 Listen, read and act out. .Mrs Smith: What's on the radio? Mr Smith: The weather I’oreca.st. Mrs Smith: What time is it? Mr Smith: 5.30. Mrs Smith: Please leave the radio on. I’d like to hear my favourite music programme. It starts at about six. Mrs Smith; Do you mind if I switch over to the Russian Radio? Mr Smith: Please be quiet, I’m trying to listen to the news. Mrs Smith: .A,n\4hing intere.sting? Make it louder, please. Mr Smith: OK. Switch it over to your Russian programme. I’d better listen to the news on TV. Mrs Smith: Is there anything good on the television tonight? Mr Smith: There is an interesting film on Channel 4 this evening. .VIrs Smith: I wouldn’t like to miss my fitne.ss club, you know. Could you video the film so that I can watch it later? Mr Smith: No prohlem. Mrs Smith: Bye, then. Make sure the TV' is off before you go toibed! Mt SlTiitb; Bve-bye. i i ' ■ 16 Read the text of the song about radio. Why does the author believe that the radio is worth loving? I’d sit alone and watch your light My only friend through teenage nights And everything I had to know I heard it on my radio Radio. You gave them all those all time stars Through wars of worlds — invaded by Mars You made them laugh — you made them cry You made us feel like we could fly. So don't become some background noise A backdrop for the girls and boys Who just don’t know' or just don’t care And just complain when you're not there You had your time, you had the power You’ve yet to have your finest hour Radio. Refrain All we hear is Radio ga-ga Radio goo-goo Radio ga-ga All we hear is Radio ga-ga Radio blah blah Radio, what’s new? Radio, someone still loves you! We watch the shows — we watch the stars On videos for hours and hours We hardly need to use our ears How music changes through the years. Let’s hope you never leave old friend Like all good things on you we depend So stick around cos’ we might miss you When we grew tired of all this visual You had your time — you had the power You’ve yet to have your finest hour Radio — Radio. Refrain ' cos = because В 17 Translate the song (or any part of it) into Russian. 18 Learn the words and sing the song. 68 Section 2 What do you think of television? 19 Do you believe that the media brings people closer? Give your reasons. Ivxainple; While listening to the radio or watching television people learn a lot about the life style in other countries. Use: study the languages spoken all over the world, learn about the history of their own country, realize how much in common they have with other peoples, choose the places they would like to visit... 20 Here is some information on how the media brings people closer to each other. Read the short story hy G. Harris, an American reporter, of how he celebrated the turn of the Century. a) Before you read the story. There are some major cities named in G. Harris’s story. Say what countries they belong to. Use the Cultural guide if necessary. Example: Rome is the capital of Italy. Bombay is one of the biggest cities in India. Sydney I'sidni) Prague [pru;g| Los Angeles (Ins 'aenc^3li:z| Bangkok [baeg'knkl Wellington |‘welipt3n| Bombay |,bnm’bei| Paris I'pains I b) Read the text and answer the question: What day was celebrated by G. Harris and his overseas friends at the turn of the Century? Celebrating the New Year with Television Some of my overseas friends asked how I celebrated the turn of the Century in Los Angeles. Here is how I have done it. Don’t be surprised! I stayed at home with my family. We had television reports from every major city’s celebrations throughout New Year’s Eve. We started with Wellington, New Zealand at 4:00 am and moved to Sydney, then Bangkok, Bombay, Moscow (1:00 in the afternoon for us), and on and on to the west. When we were finished with Rome and Paris and Prague at 3:00 and then London at 4:00, we were ready to quit. But we stayed with television until New York had managed to get to the New Year. It was surprising how many people in Los Angeles watched so many celebrations on television that we had no energy' left for our own — 3 hours after New York. I myself was in bed and asleep at 10:30. As such, it proved to be a terrific way to celebrate the New Year. c) Look back at the text and give your opinion on the following: 1. Whom does G. Harris call “my overseas friends”? Where possibly do they live? 2. Where is the New Year celebrated later — in Rome or in Sydney? 3. Why didn’t the people of Los Angeles have any energy to watch their own New Year celebrations on TV? 4. What other holidays can be celebrated in the same way? 5. Is television a vital part of celebrating some holidays? Which holidays are they? 21 Tell about any celebration or talk show you’ve watched on TV recently. Use: I’d like to tell you how I celebrated / spent... I was ready to quit but... I stayed with the television until... It was surprising how many people... It proved to be a terrific way to... 69 WORD FOCUS 22 Read and remember. quit - to quit doing something (прекращать депать что-либо) to quit (.some place) (покидать, удаляться) - to manage to do something manage - (удаваться) to manage something (управлять, ладить) г- to prove something (доказывать) prove |jg (Это оказалось...) 23 Fill in the blanks. Use the words and phra.ses from Ex. 22. 1. Do you think she’ll... to pass her maths exam? 2. Sir, I’ve finished writing my tests. Can I ...? 3. During the World War II Russians ... their courage many times. 4. Teenagers are hard to ... . But our teacher docs it quite successfully. 5. Radio ... to be the most common mass media. 6. Can you ... that you are right? 7. My mum is always at home. She ... working last year. Ш 24 A lot of English words are pronounced in the same way. Sometimes it’s very hard to understand what they are. a) Listen and read the transcription. (weal |tjck| |3'rest| |hiz| |ils| la'dres) |wo:| |пэп| |tu:J |rait| |hi3| |pi:s| |deo| b) In each of the two boxes find words or phrases that have the same pronunciation. Write them down in pairs. Example: |'wcda| — whether — weather tvho’s, it’.s, meat, arrest, sea, address, their, no, peace, right, w'ar, weather, two, check, hear, aloud, new, one here, to, won, know, wore, whether, whose, allowed, knew, its, a rest, piece, write, there, a dress, meet, cheque, see о 25 Listen and tick the word which you’ve heard in the sentence. Example: whose _ or who’s jZ This is the man who's bought the biggest dog in our terraced house. 1. its _ or it’s _ 2. weather _ or whether 3. it’s _ or its _ 4. a dress _ or address _ 5. write _ or right _ 6. hear _ or here 26 Translate the following conversations into Russian. Act out one of them with your partner. -You look so angry! What’s up? -OK. I quit. 1 can’t stay here anymore longer. It’s the most boring party I’ve ever been to. © PRONUNCIATION FOCUS © 0 © - Lisa has quit her job recently. She’s looking for another one. Have you got any ideas? -Not really. I don’t know what she wants. — Do you need my help with the naughty kids? — No, thanks. 1 think I can manage. — What does your father do? — He manages our local football team. — The traffic is heavy. Do you believe we’ll manage to get there on time? — Sure. I always do it without any problem. ®. ■Why don’t you believe me? You know that I’m not lying. ■OK. Prove that you’re right. © — Here is your CD player. It proved to be very useful this weekend. ’Thank you. — Fine! You can borrow it any time you want. 70 ш 27 Work in groups. Write your outi mass media mini-dictionar)' tor the following words. Use the dictionary if necessary. Put the words in alphabetic order. , i.jjjjjjijjjijjjj A An advert is... D A documentary is... S A soap (opera) is... Sports news is... ___ T A talk show is... M A music programme is... W A weather forecast is... I The Internet is... Q Aauizis... { f-\ Hxample: D A documentary — is a program which gives facts and information about a particular subject. 29 Work in pairs. Find out what your partner thinks of magazines. Start with the following questions: — Do you like reading magazines? — Do you look for magazines that have quizzes? GRAMMAR FOCUS: __________REVIEW THE USE OF VERB f -ING 30 Make up as many sentences as possible. Example: My best friend has always dreamed of being an actor. We/I She / h-- have / has always My head teacher dreamed of The sportsman The manager becoming an Olympic champion writing a detective story playing the piano going round the world 28 Do you mind the quiz? Listen, read and act out: Martin: Sharon: Martin: Sharon: Martin: Sharon: Martin: Sharon: Martin: Sharon: Martin: Sharon: Martin: VV'hat have you got there? It's a magazine. It’s a quiz magazine. What is it like? It's fairly goinl. Here’s the quiz. First question for you. Do you like watching TV'? Yes, 1 do. / No, 1 don’t. / I don’t mind. Yes, 1 do. Second question: Do you like holidays? No, 1 don’t like holidays. Third que.stion: Do you like shopping? 1 don’t know. It’s — “Yes”, “No” or “I don’t mind”. OK, 1 don’t mind shopping. Fourth question: Do you like salad? No, 1 don’t like salad. 31 Give as many endings as you can: I always enjoy... The travellers had little hope of... The angry neighbour told the teenagers to .stop... 1 have never dreamed of... We had no chance of... В 32 I n groups. Think of your own quiz on one of the following topics: a) TV programmes h) Newspapers and magazines c) Films and cartcums Section 3 ^ Do you read newspapers on Sundays? 33 Look through the information on newspapers in Britain and say what the difference is between: national and local newspapers daily and Sunday newspapers К 4^ □ c) qualit)’/serious newspapers and tabloids Tliere are two kinds of newspapers in Britain. One is large and has many detailed articles about national and international events. These newspapers are called serious papers or quality papers. The other kind, called the tabloids is smaller in size, has more pictures and shorter articles, often about less important events or about the private lives of well-known people. Though some people disapprove of tabloids, they are quite popular. Many people buy tabloids like The Sun which is the biggest-selling newspaper in Britain. In all parts of the country there are also papers giving information about films, concerts and other things that are happening in the local area. Some local newspapers are free. These contain a lot of adverti.sements and also some news. National serious newspapers like The Times or The Daily Telegraph generally give information about events happening in London. Most national newspapers express a political opinion. Daily newspapers are published every day except Sunday. Sunday newspapers are larger than daily ones. They often have 2 or 3 sections. All Sunday newspapers are national. 34 Work in pairs. Discuss one of the following problems. Make your suggestions. Share them with other students: 1. Why do some people disapprove of tabloids? 2. Why are there free newspapers? Do you have them in Russia, your city/town/ village? 3. What kind of events do your think are important or not important? © 35 Read, complete and act out: A: What do the ... do on Sundays? B: Most of them read the newspaper and work in the garden. A: Do they read The Sunday Times? B: Some of them do. They also read The Sunday Telegraph and other newspapers. A: What do the Russians read? B: ... 36 Here are the headlines of newspapers published on the same day. Guess which of news they are (the same headline can stand for more than one kind of news): © HoiTie aiid Aw3y ^лСле SteirU © ® Can Anyone Help national news international news local news political news economic news business reviews cultural reviews sports news scandals travel ! © Who Knows Where You'll Travel? j Tbe Advent 72 Begins f I’m Trying to Be Brave ©Foundation Gets a Home UFO l'ju:faul — unidentified flying object (НЛО — неопознанный летающий об'ьект) в а 37 а) Choose any headline and predict what the article is about. Write your predictions down, b) Mingle around the classroom. Find other students who chose the same headline. Make up a group. Compare what you’ve written. 38 Try to make up a story using all your predictions. 39 Look through the three articles quickly. Gue.ss which of the headlines in Ex. 36 go with these articles. 1. Don’t leave your career planning too late — the earlier you know your future, the earlier you can plan to make it happen! It’s good if your parents believe in you and your future. But also mind that there are special centres which help teenagers to plan their future. Many of them now have web sites on the Internet. 2. Building the Channel Tunnel between England and France was the biggest European engineering project in history. A tunnel was first suggested by French Emperor Napoleon in 1802. Many engineers produced plans in the nineteenth centur)’. In the 1880s a start was made to the tunnel. But two world wars made the tunnel dangerous for Britain. Britain preferred to be safe from Europe. It was not until the 1960s that the idea of the Channel Tunnel came up again. The two countries finally met in the tunnel in 1994. 3. Friday was very much Gorbachev’s day. Former Soviet President Mikhail Gorbachev finally got a home for his foundation. It’s a beautiful building on Leningradsky Prospect in Moscow. On Friday a great number of well-known people came here. A five-minute video in English — looking very like a CNN advertisement — was shown to the guests. The Gorbachev Foundation, founded in 1992, offers financial assistance for research and teacher training. It also works as a library. M. Gorbachev believes that the foundation will do a lot to save the environment in Russia. 40 what kind of news is in each of the three articles? (See Ex. 36.) Give your reasons. 41 Look back at the first article. a) Which English words from the text can be understood without a dictionary? Example: planning — планирование b) Do you agree that you should start thinking about your career as early as you can? Have you ел'ег heard of the special centres which help teenagers to plan their career? What questions would you ask if you phoned such a centre? 42 Read again the text about the Channel Tunnel. These phrases were taken out of the text. Find and complete the sentences they were taken from. Fixample: In the 1880s a start was made to the tunnel on both sides of the Channel. — on both sides of the Channel. — while the European countries were fighting. — which were building the tunnel from each end. 143 Look back at the text about M. Gorbachev’s Foundation. Think of words in italics you could take out of the sentences. Be careful: the main idea of the .sentence shouldn’t be changed! Example: On Friday a great number of well-known people came here. — On Friday great people came here, (wrong) — On Friday a great number of people came here, (right) 44 Do your family read newspapers? Think of a daily or Sunday Russian newspaper, tabloid, journal or magazine popular in your family. Fill in the table. Newspaper Argumenty i Fakty Tabloid U"; Magazine Journal iai n 73 45 What kind of article is this one? Make up your own headline for it. Being shy is a really common problem especially amongst teenagers. But the good news is you can almost always overcome it, or at least learn to deal with it. One of the best ways to deal with shyness is to “rehearse” situations that make you really shy. So if you hate talking to boys, you have to be brave: start by simply saying “Hi!” to one you like. Or if you hate answering questions in class, just speak up when you know the answer. Once you’ve done it a few times, you’ll wonder why you were so shy. Don’t give yourself a hard time if you make some sort of mistake — you are just a human! Forgive yourself and correct your mistake. 47 Summarise the text in Ex. 45. Use the following phrases: — Being shy is a really common problem... — ...at least learn to deal with it. — One of the best ways to... is... — If you hate talking... — Start by simply saying... — Once you’ve done it... you’ll... — Don’t give yourself a hard time... — ...make some sort of mistake. — You’re just a human! Ш 46 Giving advice is much easier than doing things correctly, isn’t it? Complete these phra.ses: Example: If you hate wearing your old school uniform, design a better one. 1. If you hate wearing your old school uniform,... 2. If you hate taking exam.s,... 3. If you are afraid of talking to your head teacher,... 4. If you love travelling by train,... 5. If you enjoy climbing mountains,... 6. If you dream of going to Japan,... 7. If you don’t like staying at home by yourself,... 8. If you hate watching TV,... 9. If you like giving vourself ,,,i ; use^^t' I a hard time ... VetV , useless M). secbo^® Mini-project: Make your local newspaper better 48 1 . Divide into three groups. 2. Read the text. Analyze any of your local newspapers and fill in the table. If your local newspaper contains other sections, add them. 3. Give your suggestions on new topics for your local newspaper. Write them down. 4. Share your suggestions with your classmates and di.scuss them. VJov'b Opinio'' Books yneaV® ri*’*** -pj Guib® sports 74 We try to do our best to publish a useful, informative and interesting newspaper. Help us, and you may win an English book. Indicate in the boxes below what you think of various sections of our newspaper. We are interested in the reasons why a section is more or less useful or interesting to you. Please write if you like or dislike a certain section. We would also appreciate suggestions on new topics for our newspaper. Mail your suggestions to our address. Please indicate your address. Thank you in advance. □ 49 Work in pairs. Make a list of the main ways you and your partner use the Internet in t our evert’day life. Share your list with your classmates. 51 T ranslate the phrases. Oeate your own sentences. 50 ( live your guesses on the following questions using the pictures above; • What ideas connected with the use of the Internet are illustrated in the picture? • Why is the Internet getting more and more popular with pteople of different ages? • In what ways could your every'day life be improved with the help of the Internet? • What possible drawbacks of the Internet are shown in the picture? • Is the use of the Internet safe for the Karth? the Internet purpose (причиш)) information touch to browse the Internet on the Internet an Internet site the main / primary / {the main / pi real purpose a variety of f purposes to collect / to find / to get / to share information important / useful / detailed information information about / on _ a.sk for further information :to keep in touch to be in touch real world virtual world to create the world to search — to search for the information world 75 52 Read the texts. Match the texts and the headlines. One of the headlines is unnecessary. Complete the table. A. The Multifunctional Internet B. The Source of Knowledge C. A Modern Way to Be in Touch D. The Dwellers of the Internet E. The Dependence on the Internet I. Who can you meet in this virtual world? Surely you know that the same people who live in the real world have created this world. You can meet here business and art people, practical and romantic, honest and deceitful ones. When you meet somebody in the real world you can look into his eyes, hear his voice, see his body language — all these things help you to understand if this person honest or not. Meeting somebody in the virtual world could be very misleading, as you will never know about the real age, appearance and interests of this person. Your best choice is to meet real people! 3. Another important purpose of the Internet is to collect, systematize, keep and share information — verbal, sound and visual. This way the Internet creates a \irtual world, where we can find anything that interests us. It gives the opportunity to learn about past and future, develop our knowledge and do the research on anything we like. Imagine that you are given a task to prepare a report on people who were awarded Nobel prizes. First you search for information on the Internet using key words. Then you collect the information, arrange it and add images to make your paper well illustrated. But remember, that while the Internet offers you all this information you have to be very selective and careful with your search! 2. The main purpose of the Internet is to extend the communication network. Elderly people have a lot of free time but it’s not easy for them to travel long distances. Using the Internet lots of people can travel anywhere they like. These days we have our friends and family living in different parts of the world and it’s important to keep in touch with them. We can write and talk to people who live on other continents miles away from us, and it takes no time to reach them via the Internet and as a result they spend less time with their loved ones. All the existing means of communication were merged together to create one — the Internet. Using the Internet you can send information like you would via a telegraph, you can speak to people like you would on the phone and see the world like it is on TV. You can create your song, music and films. You can shop, travel and talk to your friends! Scientists believe that every day more and more people are becoming addicted to the computer. 76 53 Read the texts and find out the English equivalents of the following word combinations: прямой ответ средства комм)'никации находит1>ся на связи бродить по Интернету с дру|’ой стороны становиться зависи.мым делиться информацией быть разборчивым виртуальный мир язык жестов (тела) 54 Match the words in Л and В to form pairs of synonyms. One pair has been done for you already: to merge — to combine, to unite. Use the dictionary if necessary. 55 Match the words in A and В to form pairs of antonyms. One pair has been done for you already: extend — reduce, cut. A В straightforward choosy, careful CO merge reason, need purpose to combine, to unite opportunity dishonest, lying selective easy to understand, simple deceitful false, confusing misleading chance, occasion A В main destroy extend false create different, varied same honest deceitful minor real reduce, to cut 56 Complete the sentences. Use the information from the texts in Ex. 52. 1. The main purpo.se of the Internet is... 2. With the help of the Internet people can... 3. The Internet gives us the opportunity to... 4. But people should be careful with the information from the Internet because... 5. The virtual world can be dangerous because... 57 Discuss with your partner the following questions. 1. What do people use the Internet for? 2. The Internet is popular only with young people, isn’t it? Why do you think so? 3. What are the drawbacks (disadvantages) of using the Internet? 4. How does the Internet help students in their studies? 5. Why do people have to be selective with the information from the Internet? 77 58 Write a short composition on the Internet. Use the following plan: 1. Introduction (what you are going to describe, what is the Internet) 2. Main part: paragraph 1: why the Internet is so popular nowadays: paragraph 2: why the Internet can be dangerous; paragraph 3: what do you use the Internet for 3. Conclusion (your attitude towards the Internet) Use the following expressions: In my opinion.... It seems to me.... The reason for this is.... However..., On the one hand... on the other hand.... In conclusion... 59 Below are some phrases from the article. Read the article and decide where to add the phrases. Mark the places in the article where they fit best. 1. ...like writing a report... 2. Ye.s, quite easily! 3. ...and rely on your knowledge and experience! Be critical and creative Is it possible to live without the Internet? One day you can find yourself in a part of the world where you can’t use the Internet or a mobile phone! What would you do? U.se your brain. Is the Internet one of the most important parts of our life? Yes and no. People need to remember that they created this virtual world themselves! The Internet can help us not only with simple tasks but also with more challenging things like constructing a spaceship, writing a fantasy story or even how to make up with your friend... What ever you do in your life — learning, creating, researching, — it's YOU who does it! 160 Make a research and prepare a presentation about any creative person (artist, musician, scientist,...) who became famous thanks to the Internet. Use the Internet in your re.search. Mini-project: Why the Internet? 61 • Prepare for a whole cla.ss discus.sion. Work in groups of 3-4. • Choose one of the following questions and discuss it in your group: 1. In which places and circumstances could you find yourself without the Internet? Which other means of communication could you use in this situation? 2. Is the Internet the most important part of our life or not? Give your reasons. 3. Make predictions on the ways the Internet could be used in the future? • Present your group’s ideas to the class. Discuss them. 78 Section 5 Is being a reporter a dangerous job? 62 Work in pairs. Ask your partner the following questions. Report his / her answers. — Who is your favourite TV commentator? — What are the names of the newsreaders on your local TV channel? — What kind of news do they present (political, economic, cultural, sport, any other)? — What do they usually wear (dresses, suits, I'-.shirts, etc)? — What can you say about the language they speak: is it grammatically correct and tactful? 63 Choose a politically correct' expression in each line: a) Speaking about people who are elderly not young: elderly people/aged people/honored people b) Speaking about the clothes for people who are not slim: clothes for fat people/large size clothes/size-friendly clothes c) Speaking about people who can’t hear, see, speak, move as other people do: sick people/disabled people/special people 65 Read the ston'. Gis’e it a title. Politically correct or PC — means a set of opinions to make people tolerant and friendly to each other, to avoid discrimination on the basis of age, sex, national origin or religion. For example, Americans believe that it’s not politically correct to call the people who have a skin darker than yours with words like black or coloured. It would be polite to call them African-Americans. _J64 Put the words in the box into two columns: jobs and results of someone’s work. More than one variant is possible, l.isten and check if you were right. Jobs Results writer novel, short story... Use: reporter, news on TV or radio, novel, correspondent, journalist, report, photo, TV commentator, poet, TV talk show, article, film, essay, radio show host, writer, scandal, review, newsreader, TV programme, producer, poem, short story, soap, documentary, photographer, talk radio show, interview. Whenever and wherever something important happens, journalists and photographers are reporting on the events and taking pictures. These people often put them.selves in dangerous situations. Some may be seriously hurt or even killed because of their efforts. Journalists go to areas where there are conflicts to report on the war. They also report on political protests. Sometimes their responsibilities put them in danger as they try to find out the facts behind a story. Photographers are courageous people. Wherever they go they are ready to put themselves in dangerous situations to take dramatic pictures. For instance to get the pictures of wild animals, photographers try to get as close as they can to the animals: sharks, snakes and crocodiles, fhey al.so may have to climb high mountains or dive deep into the sea. Why do they do it? □ 66 Work in groups of 3-4. Discu.ss with your partner why journalists and photographers put themselves in dangerous situations. Give your reasons. Here are some of them: 1. Thc\’ help people to learn more about each other. 2. Pc4>ple like to look at pictures of wild animals. .3. ... Share your reasons with the other students. Make a list of most important reasons and less important ones. 79 67 Fill in prepositions if needed. journalists put themselves ... dangerous .situations. They report... wars and political pmtests. They go ... area.s where there are conflicts. They tr\' to find out the facts ... the story they are writing alxmt. They can even be killed because ... their efforts, ritey climb ... high mountains, dive deep ... the sea. l'he)'get pictures ... wild animals. WORD FOCUS 68 Read and remember; whenever — когда бы ни whatever — что бы ни however —как бы ни/тем не менее/ однако whoever — кто бы ни wherever — где бы ни/куда бы ни 69 I ranslate into Russian. Pay attention to the words in italics. W'luilcwr you see don’t 1ч- .surprised. W’lwiicviT you come to us we ll be glad to see you. U'/ierci-er they go, their knowledge of Fnglish helps them a lot. However busy I am, I go to the swimming |чи>| twice .1 week. Whoever you nu'et here, they are your friends. You can get up whenever you want, eat whnlever you like, go wherever you need. 70 If you were a reporter, you woidd have a lot of daily problems. Mere is a list of a typical reporter’s problems. Choose the two most serious ones. Give your rea.sons: What kind of information should I choose for my reports? Where to go to gel interesting news? How to “catch" an interesting person to talk to? Should 1 be politc/lalkativc/curious...? What questions to ask? Write about .scandals or not? Mow to publish dangerous news? .Any other.. .? 71 Write 10 questions which reporters usually ask people during interviews. 72 Work in pairs. Imagine that your partner is a famous film star/writer/sportsman/ politician... Ask him/her the questions you’ve written. 73 Read this text about a well-known Russian reporter Artyom Borovik. Say what facts you’ve learned about him and his job. International iournalist, Artyom Borovik, died mysteriously in a plane crash at Moscow air(V>rt. I le was .t9. I le began his c;ireer as a war corre-s|4)ndent in Afghanistan, when Soviet idrees were lighting there in the 198()s. Me became the SiK-cial CCorrespondent and interpreter in Moscow for the most popular weekly I V' news show in the L’.S. ’’W) .Minutes". 1 le brielly joined the US .Army on an exchange programme, doing research for a book. Me founded the Soversheiwo Sekreliio (iop Seerel) publishing house, which produced a pop ular newspa|4‘r and 1 \’ programnw, which inves tigated corruption. Me was the first Russian to win a top American tiverseas I’ress Award. In his office, late on the night before he died, he had started work on a new investigation. 74 Writing about famous people is easier than writing about ordinary' people. There are a lot of them around us who dc.sene a special story . Write your own “gwrd story” about anyone you know- w’ell. Use some of the following guidelines: This is a story of a... He/She was born in... At the age of... he/she became more and more interested in... Later in... .she/he met... Next year... In... she/he started to work for... Most of her/his friends say that... It is not surprising that... Kinallv... 80 Section 6 I Are books medio, too? 75 Read what Pamela, Margaret and Andy said about books. Find out: 1. Who thinks that reading books makes people smarter? Why? 2. Who thinks that schoolchildren are given too much reading to do? 3. Who believes books are the most ancient mass media? Pamela You asked me why I like reading books, didn’t you? I should say books have been my best friends for many yeans. You know. I’m the only child in my family. My parents were always busy with their work and 1 used to spend a lot of time playing with my toys. But from time to time, especially on holidays, they used to present me with wonderful new bemks: fairy tales, fantasy books, science fiction. Some of them were written ages ago. But I enjoyed them ver)’ much. And they are still interesting for people of my generation. That’s why 1 believe books are the mo.st ancient media. Andy I didn’t like reading when 1 was a little boy. It was boring to sit for hours with a book in my hands trying to learn what happened to the characters. 1 used to play football and basketball with my friends. I have to confess, I read very slowly. At school we are given a lot of homework, so I have to read anyway: history and literature, biology and geography. So much reading! Not long ago the situation changed. My father bought me my first CD book. It’s fantastic! It’s like a computer game. Turning the pages over you can sec what’s happening in pictures, in colors and in action! It’s really amazing. I think CD books will be much more popular with teenagers of my generation than printed books. Щ /•'lunilt/ ""rtOl/l,T Margaret Lots of my friends are not keen on reading books. They prefer going to discos, playing computer games, watching TV and videos. I’m shy and not very sociable and I don’t .spend much time going to noisy parties. But 1 don’t feel lonely thanks to the books I love. When 1 was a little girl, 1 loved turning the pages over and over, looking at the beautiful pictures and guessing what the characters would say and do. 1 started reading when I was only five. I imagined myself travelling еуег)туЬеге, speaking different languages, climbing mountains and flying to other planets. I believe that nearly all 1 know' 1 learned from books. Those of my friends who read a lot are smart and interesting to talk to. As a rule they are very good at English. Reading is a special world full of adventures and joy. 76 г ranslate these passage from llie teenagers’ stories into Russian. Pay attention to ing forms. Tuniiiig the CD book pages over you can see what’s happening in action. It’s really amazing. It’s much more interesting than sitting with a book for hours and trying to learn about what’s going on. 77 Think of Russian equivalents to phrases like: 1 spend time playing... They prefer going to disco... I imagined myself travelling... Find similar phrases in Pamela’s, Margaret’s and Andy’s stories. 78 Produce your own sentences with ing forms. Use the table: From time to time On my holidays As a rule Sometimes V'ery' seldom Rarely Quite often watching... guessing... playing... listening to., travelling to. looking at... reading... I /she / he we / they enjoy(s) •spend(s) time prefer(s) love(s) like(.s) starl(s) try(s) / by. 79 hook back at the teenagers’ stories again. Are the.se .statements true / false / not stated? If the .statement is false, give the correct one. 1. Reading books makes people shy and unsociable. 2. CD books are black and white and boring. 3. Books written many centuries ago can be intere.sting for modern teenagers. 4. Students are given a lot of reading at school. 5. Books for small children should be short and colourful. 6. Young people will prefer reading CD books to reading printed ones. 7. Fantasy books are getting popular with teenagers. 80 Say why books are still so popular. Use: they are v'ery personal, interesting, beautiful, easy to use, easy to carry in your pocket, enjoyable, amazing, boring, less dangerous for your health, less noisy, full of adventures, full of joy, attractive, well-illustrated, most ancient media. WORD FOCUS 81 Translate the following word combinations into Russian. wisdom — мудрость a man of great wisdom the wisdom from five centuries the wisdom of the ancients wisdom tooth to confess — признаваться, исповедоваться 1 have to confe.ss... to confess to to confess that... 82 Translate into Russian. 1. F.rnst Hemingway was known as a man of great wi.sdom. 2. The wi.sdom of the ancients could help our generation if we have learned from it. 3. How many wi.sdom teeth have you got? — I’wol 4. Some journalists confess that their job is one of the most dangerous ones. 5. The detective made the criminal confe.ss to his crime. 83 Work in pairs. Discuss with your partner and say what books you would take with you to a de.sert island. 82 Зв4 Listen and read the interview with a well-known American prtKlucer. Which answer would you agree with? (U. stands for “reporter”, M. stands for “Mr Marlow”) R: Which book or books are you reading now? M: “Seven Pillars of Wisdom” by T. E. l^wrence. R: Where is your favourite place to read? M: In an armchair by the fire, or by a river on vacation. R: Who is your favourite poet? .VI: I think... William Shakespeare. R: Who is your favourite character? M: Robinson Crusoe — he’s a strong man and very smart, too. R: Name your three desert island choices. M: Lofty Wiseman’s “SAS Survival Handbook” (useful), T. E. Lawrence’s “Seven Pillars of Wisdom" (gripping), the Bible (1 could be on the island a long time!) R: And what is your favourite children’s book? M: Any of the books by Kipling. R: What book would you like to see filmed? M: It would be great to have an encyclopedia on film. R: Which book changed your life? M: 1 have to confess it was “The Oxford Dictionary of Quotations”. R: Which book would you think is good reading for ever)'one? M: The same again — it has the wisdom of five centuries in it. 85 In the interview you can find some unusual types of book.s. Match the books and their defji^^ons. (Encyclopedia) ( Dictionary ] HandbooiT] a) a book giving information about everything b) a book that gives the words of a language in alphabetical order c) the holy book of Christians d) a small book giving useful facts 86 Work in pairs. Look back at the inters'iew in Ex. 84 and choose five questions you’d like to ask your partner to learn about her / him as a reader. Ask each other the chosen questions. Write your partner’s answers down. Share the information about your partner’s reading interests. Say if he / she is an intensive / lazy / multi-interest reader. Mini-project: What kind of reader are you? В 87 1. Divide into groups of 3-4. 2. Write a list of questions to find out who is an intensive and multi-interest reader. 3. Arrange the questions in a logical order for a quiz. 4. Exchange the quizes with other groups. Do the quiz you’ve got. 5. Decide who is the most intensive and multi-interest reader in your group. 83 Section 7 i Reported speech I \ GRAMMAR FOCUS; direct SPEECH AND REPORTED SPEECH 88 Compare the following sentences. Say what people use direct and reported speech for. Direct speech Reported speech She says: “I phone my friends every day.” She says (that) she phones her friends every day. She says: “1 will phone you tomorrow.” She says (that) she’ll phone me tomorrow. She says: “1 phoned you an hour ago.” She says (that) she phoned me an hour ago. S3 89 Read the dialogue between the members of a football fan’s family. Find the sentences with reported speech. Mum; Bob; Mum; Bob; Mum: Polly. Bob: Polly Bob Polly Bob Mum Bob Polly Mum Good morning, dear. Good morning. What’s the matter? Dad says that he’s lost his voice. He has lost his voice! He can’t. It must be a joke. Come on, dear. Don’t joke. He says it isn’t a joke. He has really lost his voice. I’ll make a nice cup of tea. You'll .soon get your voice back. How did you lose your voice. Dad? He says he went to the football match last night. And you shouted so much you lost your voice. Yes, he shouted so much he lost his voice. Did you win? No, they lost. Here is a nice cup of tea. Would you like something to eat? He says he would like some toast with honey. Why honey, Mum? Because honey is good for your throat. GRAMMAR FOCUS; REPORTED SPEECH (STATEMENTS) 90 Read and remember. 1. При переводе из прямой речи в косвенную в первую очередь следует обращать внимание на грамматическое время глагола в главном предложении (Она говорит.../ Она сказала...). 2. В том случае, если в главном предложении глагол употреблен в настоящем времени (says, asks, answers...), в придаточном предложении (как и в русском языке) английский глагол не изменяется во времени. 3. Если же глагол в главном предложении употреблен в прошедшем времени (said, asked, answered...), в придаточном предложении глагол употребляется обязательно в одном из [фошедших времен. При этом глагол в придаточно.м предложении меняется следующим образом: She said: “I phone my friends every day.” (present simple) She said: “I will phone you." (future simple) she said: “I phoned you at 5 but you (past simple) were not at home.” She said / told him (that) she phoned her friends every day. (past simple) She said / told me (that) she would phone me. (future, in-the past) She said ! told me (that) she had phoned me at 5, but I (past perfect) had not been at home. 84 ■1. Модальные глаголы в придаточном предложении в этом случае также изменяются: shall should will would \ can could may might must had to 5. При переводе прямой речи в косвенную меняются также слова, обозначающие место и время действия: Example: She asked: “Why are you so sad todayV' She asked (me) why I was so sad that day. He offered: “Let’s meet next week." He offered to meet the following week. 91 Say the following statements in reported speech: Example: “I can’t borrow books from our local library today,” said the boy. The boy said that he couldn’t borrow books from his local library that day. 1. “We may buy a car next year,” said my grandpa. “Books written in English-speaking countries are sold everywhere,” said the librarian. “The mass media may become even more powerful in the future,” said the publisher. “I like travelling from time to time,” says my cousin. “You must take your medicine twice a day,” said the doctor. “It will rain today," said the farmer. “Some time ago no one knew about computers,” said our teacher. “It’s really amazing to read CD books,” says Andy. “Sharon is going to come here tomorrow,” her mother said to me. “I don’t feel lonely thanks to the books 1 love,” says Margaret. “This morning I found some fantastic information on the Internet,” said Regina. “What’s on tonight?” asked my elder sister. 1 2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. II. 12. 92 Look back at Pamela’s, Margaret’s and Andy’s letters (in Ex. 75). Retell any of the letters in reported speech. Remember; today — that day tonight — that night yesterday — the day before tomorrow — the next day (a week) ago — (a week) before last year — the year before next year — the following year this evening — that evening now — then this — that these — those here — there 93 Listen and read the following verbs. Be careful of the difference in pronunciation of -ed. Invited, explained, travelled, learned, liked, happened, tried, changed, suggested, offered, watched, enjoyed, believed, advised, printed, loved, confessed, named, filmed, looked, reminded, preferred, turned, started, imagined, attended, apologized, listened, said, thanked, used, helped, checked, showed, asked, shared, discussed, compared, phoned, noticed, remembered, wondered, inters'iewed, transferred, discovered, provided, illustrated, opened, passed, contained, received. GRAMMAR FOCUS: VERBS USED TO REPORT SPEECH 94 Read the sentences and say what verbs are often used to report speech: Mother explained to me that she wasn’t happy when 1 smoked. Fiona suggested playing games in the fresh air. Jessica thought that the weekend was great. VV'endy offered me a cup of tea. Jill advised me to borrow books from the central library. My father reminded me to take my glasses. My neighbour asked me not to turn the page over. 85 95 Read this stor>’ to yourself. Write a gist of it. Transform all phrases in direct speech into reported speech. Use some reported verbs; asked, answered, apologized, thought. A Bad Memory A famous professor, who was a well-known specialist in mathematics and physics, had a very bad memory. He was the author of many textbooks, and there were books by him on the shels'es of ever)' library, but he often forgot very simple things. One evening, a scientists club invited him: “Could you give a lecture for our club members?” When he left the house, he forgot to take his key with him, and he didn’t notice it until he was on his way home again. “It’s lucky that my wife is at home,” he thought. It was a very dark night, and when his svife looked down at him from the window, she couldn’t see who was standing there. “The professor isn’t at home,” she said. The professor didn’t remember that he was standing in front of his house, besides he was thinking as usual about his lectures, so he said, “Oh, I’m sorry. I’ll come another time.” And he went away. GRAMMAR FOCUS: REPORTED SPEECH: QUESTIONS 96 Read and remember. 1. Для передачи в косвенной речи вопросов чаще всего исполь;1уются следующие глаголы: asked, wanted to know, wondered. 2. При изложении в косвенной речи общих вопросов используется один из названных глаголов с союзом if, при это.м порядок слов в вопросе становится прямым. Are you а good sportsman? — She asked me if I was a good sportsman. 3. Для передачи в косвенной речи специальных вопросов союз if не используется, порядок слов в вопросе становится пря,мым. How did you know about my birthday? — He wondered how I had known about his birthday. General questions IV/i-questions (Special questions) Direct Reported Direct Reported She said. “Are you a good reader?” She asked me if I was a good reader. He said “How did you get here tonight?” He wanted to know how I had got there that night. “Does your sister like jogging?” She wanted to know if my sister liked jogging. “What subjects do you like?” He asked me what subjects I liked. “Will you come to the party?” She wondered if I would come to the party. “What are you doing now?” He wondered what I was doing then. “Have you met before?” She asked if we had met before. “Why is your cousin sad today?” He asked why my cousin was sad that day. 86 в ш 97 Interview your classmates about their collection of books at home. You can start your interview with the following questions; — По your relatives read? — По you have a collection of books at home? Report on the result of your interview using reported speech. Kxample: I asked O. if she had a collection of books at home. She answered that she had a very good one. 98 a) Read the conv'ersation between the characters of the novel “Rich Man, Poor Man” by Irwin Shaw. Report it. “Has your sister found a job?” — Boylan asked. "I don’t know,” Rudolph said, keeping all the information to himself. “I haven't heard from her recently.” “По you think she’ll be succes.sful?” Boylan asked. “Does .she have talent?” ”1 think .so. She has something,” answered Rudolph. h) Find information about Irwin Shaw. Share your information with your classmates. U.se the guidelines in Ex. 74 on p. 80. GRAMMAR FOCUS: REPORTED SPEECH: COMMANDS 99 Read and remember. Для передачи в к»>свенной речи предложений в повелительном наклонении исполь-,<уются глаголы: ask, advise, order, remind, leach, tell, warn и другие в present siniple или past .simple. My mother often .says: “Help your brother.” — My mother often asks me to help my brother. “Give up fast food,” the doctor said.— The doctor advised her to give up fast food. “Don’t be late!” .said the teacher.— The teacher warned us not lo be late. 100 Read the four separate parts of the text below. Arrange them to make up one text. .More than one solution is possible. Give a title to the text. 1. Radio, television and the Internet, the great inventions of the 20th century, have not made the importance of printing lessened. Books keep alive for us the knowledge of the past, and they leach us what we need to know for the pre.seni and what we must know to build a still better future. 2. Books, newspapers, tabloids and magazines are so common these days that w'c cannot imagine the world without them. But fiv'c hundred years ago, there were no such things: most of the people in one place knew almost nothing about what was happening a hundred miles away, and nothing about foreign countries. Information was mostly transferred by travellers who used to tell stories about the places they had .seen. 3. These days you can read books on CDs. Of course they are different from printed books, they are animated, mov'ing and well illustrated. The Internet provides us with access to any library in the world. But books are still loved by people. 4. Ivan Fyodorov in Russia, Gutenberg in Germany and Caxton in England began to print books in the 15th century, the same century in which Columbus discovered America. Columbus di.scovered a new world; but the printers opened new w'orld of thoughts and knowledge that changed the lives of millions everywhere. В 101 Work in pairs. Interview each other. Find out which of the facts were new to your partner. a) Books were first printed in the 15th century. b) Printers started printing books in three countries at the same time. c) These days anyone can read biKiks on CDs. d) Columbus discovered America fiv'c centuries ago. e) The Internet provides us with access to any library all over the world. 0 Not long ago people living in one part of the world didn’t know much about the life of people in their neighbouring countries. g) Any other... 1 02 Report on the results of your interview. Example: I asked Dmitry if he had learned any new facts from the text. He answered that... 103 Work in pairs/groups. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of a) printed books b) books on CD. Make a list of either advantages or disadvantages of the two kinds of books. Give vour reasons. 87 Section 8 ^ Try yourself as a writer 104 Writing letters is the first step to becoming a real writer. Read the letter written by a famous French philosopher and writer Voltaire. Guess what the two shortest letters meant. There are many unusual stories in the history of tetter writing, and this is one which will doubtless be interesting to everybody. The letter that we are speaking about was written by Voltaire, the great French philosopher and writer. Voltaire wrote a pamphlet (памфлет) that he sent to his publisher. Some time passed, but Voltaire received no news of its fate. Voltaire, who knew his publi.sher very well, at last sent him a letter which only contained the sign “?”. All copies of the pamphlet were already sold. It was quite clear to the publisher what the sign “?” meant in Voltaire’s letter. So he sent an answer that was as short as Voltaire’s letter and no less clear. The answer also contained only one sign — “!”. 105 Look back at the text again. Find sentences with that / which / who. What do these words mean? Complete the following sentences: 1. The pamphlet was written by Voltaire (that/ which/who) was a famous... 2. Voltaire wrote a letter (that/which/who) only contained... 3. The publisher sent an answer (that/which/ who)... 4. All copies of the pamphlet (that/which/who) was written by Voltaire were... 106 Write in words (not in signs!) the rivo letters: Voltaire’s and the publisher’s. Use the words: Dear Sir, Looking forward to hearing from you. Yours sincerely Voltaire Dear Sir, Thank you for your letter. Best wishes Your publLsher Voltaire (by Gudon) ► 107 Read your letters to the others. Compare them. Whose letter is the most interesting? WORD FOCUS 108 Read and remember. The suffix -less means without. Example: hope — hopeless (without hope) doubt — doubtless (without doubt) 109 Read and translate the following phrases: a cloudless sky a heartless criminal a noiseless car a homeless dog a motherless child a leafless tree a nameless author a moonless night 110 Fill in the word endings with -less. 1. A person who has no friends is a ... one. 2. The mother spent the whole night without sleep. It was a ... night. 3. Sun never came into the children’s room because of high trees in front of the house. The children hated their ... room. 4. In her everyday life the top model wasn’t very keen on bright colour clothes. She preferred wearing plain ... dresses. 5. In spring all the trees are covered with green young leaves and they are full of life. It’s strange that in winter they seem .... 88 3 1 111 What kind of books would you write? Why? Explain it to your partner. Use: Kinds of books: novels, poems, short stories, science fiction, encyclopedias, dictionaries, textbooks. workbooks, plays, love stories, adventure. thrillers, horror stories, detective stories, books on UFOs (Unidentified Flying Objects) Reasons: because they are interesting/fantastic/ terrible / horrible / short / long / tender/ appealing/crcative / ... — because they make people laugh/cry/think/ help others/travel/invent new things/... — because people who read them get happier/ frightened/more creative/more curious/less serious/kinder/smartcr/more polite/better educated /... 112 Match the names of Russian and English-speaking writers (author.s) and the kinds of books they wrote. Use the Internet to find necessar)' information. Example: Agatha Christie wrote detective stories and plays. .Agatha Christie |,хдэвэ 'kristij. Mark Twain |,mo:k 'twein|. Jack London |,d;a:k ’lAndn), Charles Dickens |,tfo:lz 'dikinz|, Bernard Shaw |,b3:nad 'Jd:|, Lewis Carroll |,lu;is 'kaeral), Robert Louis Stevenson ['rabot 'lu:i: 'stwansanl, William Shakespeare (.wiljam 'feikspia). Chase [tfeis], Arthur Conan Doyle |,kaunon 'doil|. Stephen King |,sti:vn 'kiiy) • adventure stories • .science fiction • love stories • plays • novels • detective stories .Alexander Pushkin, Anna Aklimalova, Alexandra Marinina, Anton Chekhov, Alexander Belyaev, Boris Akoonin, Vassily Shukshin, Nikolay Gogol 113 Describe your favourite writer. Use a plan; Name Country of birth The time he/she lived Some facts from his/her life The books he/she wrote The most famous book by this author • fairy tales • short stories • essays • horror .stories • poems 114 Here is part of a dialogue between the British characters who are well-known in Russia. Read the dialogue, act it out. Think how' to complete it. Holmes: Come in! Student: Mr Holmes, you must help me. Holmes: Ye.s, I’m sure we can help you. Sit down, please. And this is my good friend Dr Watson. Watson: Good evening. Holmes: Our guest. Dr Watson, is not English. Student; No, I'm not. I'm... Holmes; And you arrived in England about a month ago. Student; That’s right. Holmes: And you are living in a room in Bloomsbury. Student: That is correct. Holmes: You go to a language school in London to learn Engli,sh. Student: Yes. How did you know? Watson: Yes, how did you know that. Holmes? Holmes; Elementar)', my dear Watson. Now, tell me your story. Student: I’ve lost my gold ring. 115 Say if you saw any film about Sh. Holmes and Dr Watson. Which of the films did you like best? Why? 116 Say what you know about the writer who created Mr Holmes and Dr Watson. Find out some new facts about the writer and his books in your school library or in the Internet. Use the plan given in Ex. 113. 89 117 Make a research on your collection of books at home and tell about it. Use a plan; Who started to collect books at your home? How many books have you got? What kind of books have you got? Who usually buys books for your home library? Who cleans them? How often do you use your home library? Do your friends borrow the books from your home library? Do you borrow some books from your friends or from your school/town/local library? 51118 Work in pairs. Here are some pictures of the school library in a I.ondon school. Look at thent and make some guesses: 1. How do British students use their school library? 2. Do they have lessons in the library? 3. What books do they borrow more often? 4. Do they find the books by themselves? 5. What kind of books do British teenagers prefer to read? 119 Now listen to what Mrs Swan, the librarian, says about the .school library and Briti.sh teenagers. Check if you were right. Say if it is the same in your .school. What’s different? 120 IxM)k at the pictures again. What sections does the British school library have? Do you have the same sections at your school I library? If not, what are they? 121 Read a passage from “The Headless Ghost” by Pete Johnson. Talk about the text. Use the plan below. In the park Grant and Jill stood quietly for a few minutes. Jill said: “Ghosts can’t really do anything to you, can they? They can walk through you, 1 suppose. Which wouldn’t be very nice, but...” The pillar was once again bathed in grey light, and then, suddenly, there he was. The young airman. ...He was smiling at us. Only tonight his smile didn’t seem scary at all. A little strange, perhaps, but then it’s quite hard to smile when you’re a gho.st. He looked straight into my eyes as if he was trying to see what 1 was thinking. He pointed his hand forward. Then his face started to vanish. 1-or his lips were moving and now 1 could lip-read (прочитать no губам) what he was .saying: “Keep away from here. You are in danger." Use: The title The passage is from the book (name the title) The author The book was written by (name the author) The content The text is about (friendship/country life/...) The main idea of the text is... The author starts telling us about... The author states/stresses/thinks/believes/ points out /describes... The main characters are... The author also says that... According to the text... The text goes on to say... The conclusion In conclusion... / The author comes to the conclusion that... Your opinion 1 found the text interesting/important/of no value/too hard to understand... WORD FOCUS 122 Read and remember. Use in your own sentences. That's an idea! (Это идея!) What a good idea! (Какая замечательная идея!) idea —I— to be full of ideas (быть полным идей) to have an idea of smth (иметь представление о чем-то) ^ to give an idea of smth (давать представление о чем-то) book find conclusion — to book a ticket (заказывать билет) to find out (выяснить) to find the book interesting (находить книгу интересной) smth is difficult to find (что-то трудно найти) in conclusion (в заключение) to come to the conclusion (прийти к заключению) to jump to a conclusion (без раздумий прийти к выводу) 123 Fill in the phrases from F.x. 122. — I think that the Oxford Dictionary of Quotations is ... . — Why did you ... to such a conclusion? You can buy it in our central bookshop. — Could you ... when the evening performances start at the Bolshoy Theatre? — 1 can tell you right now. They usually start at 7 o’clock in the evening. — What are your parents doing? — Designing our garden. They are full of... of how to do it. — Please, hurry up! We have to ... tickets before 12 o’clock in the morning. — Have you ... Conan Doyles’s stories ...? — Yes. most of them. I really love reading detective stories. The kind of reference book a dictionar)' a manual a guidebook a textbook a cookbook an encyclopedia 124 Match the kinds of reference books and tbeir functions. Fill in the blanks. Tbe function to describe a place, for example, a town, a district or a country to give information about different people and things to give lists of words and their meanings ? to explain how to do something or how to use something, for example a telephone “Any man that can write may answer a letter.” from “Romeo atul }иИеГ by VV' Shakespeare 125 Work in pairs or groups of three. a) Think of any quotation useful for a teenager. Try not to be too serious. Write it down in English. b) Collect all the quotations and make a Humorous Dictionar)' of Teenage Quotations. 91 Homework I 1 Copy the words. Underline the word that doesn’t belong in the list. a) radio, tabloid, newspaper, the Internet, advertisement, television b) daily, weekly, monthly, telly c) news, advertisement, show, film, computer, play 2 Write the words in the box in two columns. Broadcasting programmes The media a daily newspaper, radio, news, adverti,sements, satellite television, a tabloid, a play, a fashion show, cable television, a football match, weather forecast, a magazine, the Internet, a weekly paper, sport review, a soap opera, a concert, a cartoon, education programmes 3 Fill in the missing prepositions if needed. Copy the text into your copybook. Watching television ... the weekend is my hobby, There are lots ... interesting programmes ... me to watch: political and sport news, shows ... teenagers and adults, soaps, theatre plays, etc. I know that watching TV ... many hours is not good but I only do it ... Sundays. Isn’t it fantastic that all programmes are sent... my house ... the air! I hope to work for television ... the future. And I promise not to show so many silly advertisements ... TV. Most ... them are so boring! 4 Look back at Ex. 3 on p. 65. Write down five positive and five negative things about watching television. Example: Because of watching television I don’t have time to do my homework, 5 Choose six W/i-questions from Ex. 7 on p. 65. Write them down and answer them in written form. Example: Which media is most popular in your family? — I think that it is radio. 6 Copy the British and American words from Ex. 8 in pairs. Circle the parts of the words which are different in two variants of English. Example: favourite — favarite 7 Do Ex. 9 on p. 66 in written form. 8 Write down five questions you’d ask a radio talk show host about teenage problems. Example: What shall 1 do when my classmates aren't being nice to me? 9 Complete the dialogues. Write them down. U.se: Can you ..., please? Could you .... please? Would you ..., plea.se? 1. — It’s too warm in the room. ...? — Yes, sure. 2. — 1 can’t solve my Maths problem. It’s too noisy. ...? — Just a minute. 3. — I’m afraid I have to miss the film because of the chemistry test we are having tomorrow. ...? — No problem. I’ll do it. You can watch it after the test. switch off the radio open the window video a film 10 Make a list of ten countries where people speak different languages. Example: 1) In Spain people speak Spanish. 2) In ... people .speak .... 1 1 Find all the verbs in the text “Celebration of the New Year with Television”. W'rite them in the.se columns. Past simple asked ^ Present perfect Past perfect Infinitive Participle I Participle 11 92 12 Do Ex. 23 on p. 70 in written form. 13 Copy the following nouns. Put them in two groups; countable / uncountable. Write the countable nouns in plural form. Example; uncountable nouns; music,... countable nouns; year (years),... music, show, year, century, friend, report, bread, work, the Internet, city, coffee, TV, jazz, energy, afternoon, air, hour, news, money, damage, way, disco, family, physics, love, station, newspaper, weather 14 Copy the sentences. Use an appropriate pronoun; some or any. 1. I don’t need ... help. I can manage it. 2. Is the water fresh? Can I have ...? 3. Have you got... money? — Only two pounds. 4. Would you like ... juice? — Yes. please. 5. I don’t like ... pop music. I prefer jazz. 15 Translate into English; 1. “У вас много снега зимой?” — “Очень много. В лесу снег лежит до апреля”. 2. “Что сегодня показывают по телевизору?” — “Какое-то ток-шоу для подростков”. 3. “Новости есть?” — “Боюсь, что нет. Позвоните попозже”. 16 Write about your favourite TV programme. 17 Do Ex. 31 on p. 71 in written form. 18 Fill in the words for different kinds of newspapers. Use the text in Ex. 33 on p. 72. 19 Complete the sentences using the text from Ex. 33 on p. 72. Example: Some newspapers are free. are called.. Some The.se Serious Other Most Daily newspapers tabloids magazines are published.. have... contain... give... are... are of... express... 20 Write in brief about your favourite newspaper or any Russian newspaper. Use the following guidelines; What kind of newspaper is it? How often is it published? Is it free or not? What kind of news does it contain? Why do you like it? 21 Read the text in Ex. 39 on p. 73 again. Write your opinion on the following; 1. Where can a teenager look for help to plan his/her future? 2. Why did Britain prefer to build the Channel Tunnel between England and France after 1960? 3. What will the Gorbachev Foundation do? 22 Do Ex. 42 on p. 73 in written form. 23 Write; a) What do these abbreviations mean? Use the information in Ex. 4 and the Internet. PC, BBC, MTV, Dr, St, etc, UNESCO b) What are the short forms of the following; goodbye, examination, bicycle, for example, telephone, the United Kingdom, Mathematics, newspaper, advertisement, television. 24 Do Ex. 46 on p. 74 in written form. 25 Do Ex. 56 on p. 77 in written form. 26 Write about the Internet. Use the plan; « Why is the Internet important in modern society? • What do you use the Internet for? • What do you prefer; watching TV, brow'sing the Internet or reading a book? Why? 93 27 Complete these sentences and write them down. Use some words from the box: teachers, architects, correspondents, inventors, talk show hosts, poets, computer programmers, journalists, reporters, scientists, producers, photographers 1. ... are people who invent something unusual. 2. ... are those who report on political protests, areas where there are conflicts and other situations. 3. ... are courageous people who try to get as close as they can to take dramatic pictures of some dangerous places. 4. ... arrange intere.sting TV and radio programmes and invite guests to them. 5. ... plan and design convenient towns and hou.ses for us. 6. ... give money and other support to create films, videos, performances and shows. 28 Write down 7-8 questions for an essay on A. Borovik from Ex. 73 on p. 80. 29 Write about any person who, you think, dcsen'es a special story. Use the guidelines given in Ex. 74 on p. 80. 30 Write ing forms of the following verbs. Example: write — writing, play — playing, fit — fitting try, enjoy, u.se, fly, change, sit, think, turn, speak, travel, make, explain, do, broadcast, receive, send, communicate, print, get, remind, give, complain, move, celebrate, quit, surprise, manage, see, contain 31 Do Ex. 78 on p. 82. a 32 Make up your own sentences or a story using the word combinations with wisdom and confess. Write them down. 33 Copy the questions in Ex. 84 on p. 83 into your exercise book. Give your own answers. 34 Write about your experience in reading books. Use Pamela’s, Andy’s or .Margaret’s story as a model. 35 Read what the characters in the pictures are saying. Write their words in reported speech. U.se the verbs asks, answers, says. Example: Brenda says (to Peggy) that she wants to tell her something. She says that .she will call her up the next day. Brenda: I want to tell you something. I will call you tomorrow. Peggy; Good. I will be home after .3 o’clock. Mr Smith: I can’t hear you. The noise of the helicopter is very loud! Mr Potter: I will speak louder! Steve: I saw “Manchester United" players a week ago in our town! Mark: I can’t believe it! I dream of it! 94 36 Rewrite the dialogue in reported speech in past tenses. Example; John said that it was great that she had come there that day. John: It’s great that you came here today. Make yourself at home. I’ll be in a minute. Alice: I think you like reading horror books. John: Why? Alice; There are a lot of them on your de.sk. John: These are the books of my younger brother. I .seldom read this kind of books. I really prefer books on photography and histor)'. Alice: All right. I’ll bring you some more historical CD books tomorrow. 37 Do Ex. 91 on p. 85 in written form. 38 W’rite down the dialogue in reported speech in the past tenses. Lion: What’s going on? Who is here? Mouse; Do you see me? Lion: Who are you? Mouse; I’m your friend. Can I help you? Lion: Yes, please. But how will you do it? Mouse: Don’t worry. I can gnaw (прогрызть) the net. Lion; Why do you want to help me? Are you afraid of me? Mouse; Oh ho no! I’m just your friend. ■Л 39 Complete each sentence in reported speech. Example: “Be careful! The water’s cold.” — The coach warned us to be careful. 1. “Don’t leave your keys.” — My mother reminded me... 2. “Win the game!” — Our fans asked us... 3. “Answer the phone call!” — She ordered him... 4. “Don’t speak so loudly.” — The woman told her children... 40 Write about the advantages and disadvantages of either printed books or books on CD. Give your reasons. Use the following guidelines: I believe/think that... In my opinion... have many advantages. On the other hand... Finally. I can say that... 41 Do Ex. 98 on p. 87 in written form. 42 Write how books change people. Use the words given in Ex. 111 on p. 89. Lots of p>eople who read fantastic books get more curious. They invent new things. 95 43 Make up as many expressions as possible with have or give. lixamplc: to have information to give information 1. lunch 2. a party 3. a present to... 4. a present for... 5. information 6. the chance to 7. a cold 8. a cup of tea time to... an idea a nice day a .safe journey a good time 14. no energy for... 15. yourself a hard time 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. a 44 Write about your favourite Russian, British or American writer or poet. Use the guidelines given in Ex. 113 on p. 89. Find additional information in the Internet. 45 Copy the questions from Ex. 117 on p. 90 and write down vour answers. 46 Make up a story or write ten sentences using the words and expressions from Ex. 122 on p. 91. 47 Do Ex. 125 (a) on p. 91 in written from. Key vocabulary Nouns: article Bible (the) celebration channel conclusion encyclopedia essay guidebook handbook headline horror purpose quiz review script thriller touch wisdom Verbs: apologize approve (oO borrow (a book) book (a ticket) broadcast celebrate confess explain manage prove quit remind report search touch -Adverbs: however seldom whatever w'henever wherever whoever Adjectives: broadcasting Expressions and phrases: a collection of books at home a man of great wisdom a variety of purposes I have to confe.ss in conclu-sion information on / about it proved to be ma.ss media on Internet site on the Internet something is difficult to find That's an idea. the main / primary / real purpose the wisdom of the ancients a.sk for further be full of ideas be in touch bring people closer browse the Internet collect / find the information come to the conclusion find out get news over TV / the Internet have an idea of something hear something on the radio jump to the conclusion keep in touch manage to do something search the information share the information quit doing something video a film virtual / real world What a good idea! wisdom tooth 96 Progress check I 1 Match the words and phrases which have similar meanings. 1. to quit doing something 2. to approve 3. to borrotv 4. to explain 5. a headline 6. w'isdom a) a title b) to take out c) knowledge d) to be pleased with something e) to stop doing something f) to describe 1 2 3 4 5 6 d 2 Complete each sentence with one of the words and phrases below. Information, wisdom, greatest, borrow, encyclopedias, find, to the conclusion, adventure, whatever, are proved to, advice, article, however, novels. It is difficult to write about British literature in a small .... After all, this is the country’s ... contribution to the world’s culture.... else is wrong with Britain, it has produced a large number of plays, poems and ... that are worth reading. I have to .say, books are still popular in Britain. Publishing and selling books ... be a very good business. .... public libraries are also an important part of British libraries. 40% of people come to libraries to find out the ... of the ancients. Old ladies ... popular novels, young children ... stories and audio cassettes, students need ... and handbooks. These days, many libraries have videos, CD-ROMs, and the Internet. It isn’t difficult for anyone to ... necessary ... . But comparing computer technologies and books most people come ... that libraries are still necessary'. They are more pleasant to use, for example, you can ask a friendly assistant for help or ... , you can walk a little as vou work. 3 Use the word in capitals to form a word that fits suitably into the blank space. Fill in each blank in this way. Example: MANAGE He is the manager of a popular singer. 1. BROADCAST BBC is a well-known ... company. 2. EXPLAIN She could give no ... to the police. 3. CONCLUDE In ... I’d like to thank my friends and colleagues for their help. 4. NATION The 4th of July is the ... Independence Day of the United States. 5. WISDOM It proved to be a very ... decision. 6. CELEBRATE Could your tell me about Christmas ... in your town? 4 Complete the sentences. Choose the correct variant. Example: She has never taken his ... (advice/ advices).— She has never taken his advice. 1. The Times generally gives lots of (information/informations) about events happening in London. 2. Where’s the ... (money/moneys)? — It is in my bag. 3. I’ve got a lot of... (work/works) to do for the weekend. 4. Is there anything interesting on ... (TV/TVs)? 5. Have you heard any ... (new/news) from our reporter lately? 6. They have never listened to his ... (music/ musics) before? 5 Complete the sentences. Example: He has always dreamed of ... (work/ working) for the BBC.— He has always dreamed of working for the BBC. 1. Suddenly the strange woman quit ... (talk / talking) and left the room. 2. My mother disapproved of ... (read/reading) thrillers. 3. However, this handbook proved ... (to be/ being) useful. 97 4. Не confessed that he had ... (written/ writing) those unpleasant letters. 5. The sisters have always dreamed of... (visit/ visiting) Paris. 6. Soon the boy managed ... (to find/finding) the lost article. 7. My grandfather enjoys ... (read/reading) encyclopedias and handbooks. 6 Read the anecdotes. Change ail phrases in direct speech into reported speech. Use some verbs: said, told, asked, answered, explained, replied. 1. Teacher: Do you know the ABC? Pupil: Yes, 1 do. Teacher; Which letter goes after “A”? Pupil: All the others. 2. Tom; Mum, Alice and I want to play. Today, we are going to be monkeys at the 7.00. And you can help us a lot. Mother: What can 1 do? Tom: You can be the woman who gives monkeys bananas and sweets. 3. Pete: I’m very sorry but 1 got a “two” in Maths today. Father: Why? Did you understand the teacher’s question? Pete: Of course I did. He didn’t understand my answer. 7 Write the following statements in reported speech. Use the verbs: explained, suggested, thought, offered, advised, reminded, asked, apologized. Example: My mother said: “Don’t forget your umbrella. It will rain tonight.” — My mother reminded me to take my umbrella. She thought that it would rain that night. 1. “Steve, would you like a cup of tea now?” — said Linda. 2. Ann said to me, “You must leave this terrible house today." 3. Tom said to us, “The book is worth reading. It proved to be full of ancient wisdom.” 4. Angela said: “I’m too tired today. Let’s book the tickets tomorrow.” 5. Martin said: "We had a wonderful party yesterday.” 6. The girl said: “I’m sorry. It’s late.” 7. My elder sister said: “Help me to set the table, please.” 8 Read the text and do the tasks. There are thou.sands of weekly and monthly magazines in Britain. They can be divided into four main groups: specialist magazines, such as the computer magazine PC Weekly, genera! magazines, such as the magazine Radio Times. women’s magazines and teenage magazines. Young people below the age of 18 do not usually buy newspapers, but they do buy magazines. The favourite magazines of 15-year-olds are shown in the chart (на диаграмме). Many more girls than boys buy magazines. Their main interests are boys, clothes and make-up. Teenage girls like to read magazines which are for older age group. Just Seventeen is not only the most popular magazine for 15-year-olds, it is also popular with 12-year-olds. Favourite Magazines of 15-year-olds 1 •Z! 1 1 a 1 § 31% 22% 18% 16% 8% 1. Choose the title which fits the text best. a) Do You Like Reading Newspapers? b) British Magazines for Teenagers and Grown-ups. c) Teenage Magazines and Newspapers. d) How to Read Magazines. 2. Decide whether the following sentences are true (T) or false (F): A lot of different magazines are i— publi,shed in Great Britain. 1___ There are four main groups of magazines: specialist magazines, general magazines, women’s magazines and i— men’s magazines. I___ Young people buy both newspapers ,— and magazines. 1___ Many more boys than girls buy magazines. □ 98 Teenage girls are interested in boys, pop music, clothes and make-up. Teenage girls enjoy reading magazines which are for a younger age group. Shout is a favourite magazine of I S-vearolds. □ □ □ T. Write down the answers. Use the chart. — W hat is a favenirile magazine of 1 .'s-year- old.s? — What is the least favourite magazine of 13-year-olds? •1. What iloes the w'ord “general" mean in the phrase "general magazine"? a) ieuepa.'n>in>in b) Hceoniuini c) lenepaabCKiifi d) обычный 9 Write a letter to your [к-п friend in Australia. Tell your pen frieiul about the book you’ve just read. Use the letter as a model. 10 Listen to the recording. On the recording you’ll hear the person talking about public libraries in Britain. As you listen to his comments, complete the following sentences. The first letters of the missing words will help you. 1. Public libraries are f... . 2. 40 per cent of people u.se p... libraries. 3. Libraries encourage people to b... as well as b... hooks. 4. H..., for most i>eople's purposes, the library is still t|... and more effective. .3. These days many I... have (?l) ROMs, computer games, DVPs of films and the I... . 11a) Talk about any programme or TV show you have watched on 1Л’ or heard on the radio recently. b) Reading or watching TV; advantages and disadvantages. Discuss with your partner. Moscow Russia 15th March Dear Helen, Thank you very much for you letter. It was great to hear from you. You asked me about the books teenagers read in Russia. Well, . Write soon and tell me about the books and magazines you like to read. Best wishes. 0 99 Section 1 Z / Trying to become a successful person Who is a successful person? 1 Discuss with your classmates and decide what makes a successful person? A successful person is a person: • who lives separately (отдельно) from his family • who is independent in his relations with other people • who doesn’t have friends and doesn't rely on other people • who shares everything he/she has with other people • who works hard every day to become better and cleverer • who succeeds by his/her own efforts alone • who thinks of himself more than about other people 2 Name any successful person you know. Look at the photos of successful people. What is she/he famous for? Use the Cultural guide if necessary. 3 Translate the phrases. Create your own .sentences. own |- his own idea/ with my o\%m eyes (свой соб- - mind your own business ственный, - on my/his/her own (alone) владеть) - to own a house - owner (владелец) - He has become the owner of a company. equal r equal opportunities (равный) All men are created equal, equally — to share .something equally (поровну) between... unequal — unequal chances/ (неравный) opportunities 4 Read an extract from the interview given by I.i/a Carey from the United States. Entitle the text with any sentence from it. I 6 Read the names. Match. Use the Cultural guide if nece.ssary. The USA is one of the biggest and richest countries in the world! There are a lot of things our country is famous for. Who in the world has not heard of Coca-Cola and McDonald’s. Microsoft and Hollywood? But our country is much more than General Motors and Boieng, Disneyland and l.evi Strauss. We arc proud of our people, the Americans who have created these world famous things. Most of these pteople succeeded by their efforts alone starting without any money or social position. Just think of Abraham Lincoln, Jack London, Walt Disney, the McDonalds brothers, Neil .Armstrong, Bill Gates and many other self-made men. We’re all born equal. But after that we are on our own. Nobody is going to hand you success on a plate. If you want to succeed, you’ll have to make it on your own: your own energy, your own head, your own ambitions. If at first you don’t succeed, try. tty and try' again. 5 Look through the text again and find the words which could be a motto for a successful person. ^ Abraham Lincoln I.eibrahom 'lipkonl Walt Di.sney |,wo:lt 'diznij lack London (,cfe£ek 'l.sndnl Levi Strauss l.levi 'strausl Neil Armstrong (,ni:l 'mmstmiil Bill Gales l,bil ’gcits) “White Fang”, “Martin Eden" jeans .Microsoft Disneyland one of the greatest US Presidents the Moon 7 Say which ideas in the text you agree or disagree with? Why? Use: 1 agree (di.sagree) with... I have a different opinion It seems to me that... In my opitiion... ■As I see it... I believe that... Ш PRONUNCIATION FOCUS 8 Listen and read the words. Mind the stress. First syllable: 'clever, ’serious, ’talkative, cunning, 'naughty, ’teenager, '.student, 'adult, 'sociable, 'curious, 'tolerant. Second syllable: in'dustrious, in'telligent, cre'ative, po'lite, suc cessful, suc'ceed, am'bition, am'bitious, your'self. Third syllable; inde'pendent, maga'zine, international. *»* Double stress; .English-'speaking, ,self-'made, ,hard-’working, .compe'tition. В 9 Work in pairs. Write down a list of words which characterize a successful person. Share your ideas with your clas.smates. Example: We believe that a successful person should be ambitious. 101 10 Would you like to become a successful person? WTiy? Say what traits of your character you should des'elop to become a successfid person. WTiat traits of character would you like to get rid of? lixample: 1 should be more independent. 1 think, I should be less shy. 1 1 You are going to read three texts about successful persons: Walt Disney, Mother Teresa and Slava Polunin. Before you start reading say what you know about them. Gather the information and write it down on a poster, a) c;hoose and read one of the texts. Find out if you were right, h) Discuss in groups: 1. Do you think Walt Disney, Mother Teresa and Slava Polunin were successful persons? Why? 2. Is there anything in the text that surprised you? 3. Did you learn anything from the text? What? Walt Disney Walt Disney, a famous American producer, made some of the world’s most magical films. Children and grown-ups have watched his films about funny Donald Duck, brave Mickey Mouse, beautiful Snow' White, little Bambi and lovely Mary Poppins. Disney’s cartoons and films are full of adventures and fun. A talented businessman, he also created Disneyland, a magical park, where children and their parents are entertained by Disney’s characters. Walt Disney was born in 1901. In his childhood young Walt spent a lot of time on a farm, where he learned to study nature and animals. He wasn’t a good student at school because he always found things that interested him more than school such as movie house and drawing. His family wasn’t a rich one and Walt worked hard helping his father. After the First World War he managed to set up his own film company. He rented an old camera and a garage. He became the owner of a small studio. He loved cartoons and was full of ideas. He had clear ideas of what he wanted. Disney’s cartoon films became popular all over the world. The Disney studios continued producing movies after Walt’s death in 1966. Wherever American films are shown, the name of “Disney” still draws the crowds. Mother Teresa Mother Teresa was born in 1910 in Albania |агГЬе1П1э|. Her real name was Agnes |'a:gnis|. She was the youngest of three children. Her father was a good businessman and the family had a comfortable life. Her parents were very religious. Agnes’s mother taught her children to pray and to love and help other people. They often gave food and money to the poor. They were the first lessons in kindne.ss for little Agnes. When Agnes was only nine, her father died. The family became poor. But later her mother opened a shop, and the business did well. That was the second les.son in life from her mother: when life is difficult you must try, try and try again. In 1928 Agnes left her family to become a nun. She chose a new name for herself — Teresa. Sister Teresa went to India to teach poor children. Later she began to help the poor. She took care of people who had no one eLse to look after. She worked hard. She was sure that she would succeed. She believed that “all men are created equal”. In 1948 she and her pupils set up Missionaries of Charity (Ъпаготворитспьная миссия) They worked in hospitals and schools, took care of children without parents and helped the sick and the dying. 102 Mother Teresa never worried about money. She always said that the help would come when it was needed. In 1979 Mother Teresa got the greatest prize in the world — the Nobel Peace Prize. She received the prize of $190,000 not for herself but for the poor people of the world. She used this money to feed hungry people and to give help to the sick, and dying. Mother Teresa received the Nobel Prize because all her life she loved and helped people. After Mother Teresa’s death her Missionaries of Charity continue their work trying to help people all over the world. Slava Polunin Reporter: What’s your job? slava Polunin: I’ve been a “fool” for twenty years. R.: What’s your main character trait? S.P.: I’m unique! R.: Where is your homo? S.P.: Any place where the evening finds me. R.: Who can be a true clown? S.P.: All of us are true clowns, even if we don’t want to be. R.: What's your motto? S.P.: To be a clown whenever 1 can. R.: What’s your attitude to life? S.P.: I don’t have regrets... You’ve just read an interview with Slava Polunin who is generally recognized as one of the greatest living clowns. He is one of those rare artists who have climbed to the top of their chosen profession. This is how the newspaper “ The Irish Times” has described this world famous mime actor. One of his most successful productions has been the “Snow Show”, which began in 1996 in Britain. A well known Russian artist and fashion designer Mikhail Shemyakin made some fantastic costumes for Slava’s “Snow Show”. The “Snow Show” can transform adults into wide-eyed children. Slava was born in a small place in Central Russia. As a boy, he was fond of playing snowballs and making tunnels under the snow. In his “Snow Show” Slava realized the fantasy of his childish games as a mime actor. Mime traditionally means acting without words. Mime artists believe that they can communicate without language — screak with their bodies. Slava Polunin believes that you can do a show without words hut if it needs a word, it’s better to put one in. The “Play-Makers group”, founded by Slava Polunin, is known all over Russia and the world, rhey have travelled through more than 20 countries. Over 25 years they have made unbelievable progress and have become a national attraction. Their theatrical characters are known to everv'one in Russia. At the moment Slava is about to start work on .some new productions working with clowns from Britain and Russia. Polunin’s show is constantly changing. Hach show is so different from another that "If you watch the show once a year, you will see that each time it’s a new one,” says Slava Polunin. 12 In groups: a) Write down five comprehension questions on the text you’ve just read. b) Give your questions to another group. c) Read another group’s text and answer their que.stions. 13 Tell your classmates about a successful person whom you respect. He / She can be a world famous person or just your relative or neighbour. U.se the lists of words and phrases you’ve made in Ex. 9. Use the Internet if nece.ssary. 103 Section 2 ш. Family is a good start 14 Look at the photographs. What do you think these families are like? Use: friendly, loving, close, caring, traditional, conservative; let their children do whatever they like, take care of their children (parents), believe that their children (parents) have rights, want their children to obey them, can argue with parents; treat their children (parents) with respect, have fair and sensible rules at home, shout at their children (parents), be lonely, make fun of their children (parents), can rely on their children (parents), don’t have any punishments, be proud of the family, do things together. 15 What do you think the members of these families are talking about? Act out an imaginary dialogue with your partner. I 16 Listen to the dialogues. Match the dialogues and the pictures. A В C PRONUNCIATION FOCUS liS 17 Listen, repeat and read. let] |ai| [i] obey my mainly stay try only may cry family say fly happy away dry angry pay occupy every day why friendly lay rely lonely play reply recently way deny charity equally [i:| |еэ| three parents reading care treat caring believe their equal anywhere unequal share 104 3 18 Work in pairs. Look at the list below and tick the five biggest problems which teenagers usually have in their families. Then compare your answer with your partner’s. Say which serious problems you have. How do you solve them? • getting along with an elder / younger brother or sister • having nobody to rely on • having nobody to talk to • lack of free time • too much homework • believing in superstitions • being dependent on parents • being made fun of • too many responsibilities at home • unfair punishments • lack of independence • unequal rights with other members of the family GRAMMAR FOCUS: VERB-t-OBJEa + (TO)-t-VERB 19 Read, translate and remember. * Make somebody do something — заставлять кого-нибудь делать что-то * But: ask / want / tell somebody to do something Parents make their children read books. Who made you get up so early? — No one. It’s just the bright sun! Can Aunt Polly make Tom Sawyer paint the fence? — Yes, sure. Mother doesn’t want me to go to the party. What did she ask me to do? — Just phone her up. Please tell her to bring the article on teenagers’ problems tomorrow morning. Ask your elder brother to leave a message for your parents. 20 Read and translate the sentences. 1. Mr Philips wanted his .son to try his luck. 2. “We only wanted Steve to help us.” answered the little boys. 3. 1 would like to ask her to lake care of my pet on Sunday. 4. What made you laugh? 21 Put in to if it is necessary. 1. Julia wanted her parents ... allow her to get a Saturday job. 2. Why did she ask you ... come? 3. Poor Steve! His parents make him ... do his homework every day. 4. The Head Teacher told us ... get ready for the Chemistry te.st next week. 5. Their father wants them ... study Physics. 6. Who has made you ... attend classes? 22 Make up sentences. Use the words in brackets. Example: My parents ... work hard at school (make/1).— My parents make me work hard at school. • Her teacher ... go to the stadium twice a week (make / she). • We ... to work hard at her English (ask / she). • They ... look for a Saturday job (want / we). • The young parents ... take care of their little daughter (ask / I). • His elder brother... argue with you (make/he). 23 Say what your parents make you do. Try to explain why. Example: My parents make me walk our dog in the morning. I think it’s because my father walks our pet in the evening and my mother is busy in the morning. Use: study English, attend school, do my homework, read difficult books, do sports, help about the house, look after little sister / brother, do the shopping, make my bed, take out the garbage, walk my dog, wash up, stay at home in the evening etc. 5. He told her (o^oql^for tjte keys! 105 24 There are some teenage magazines in Britain. Angela works for the youth magazine “SHOUT”. She is a per.son with whom you can share all your problems. Lots of teenagers send their letters to “SHOUT” to the section called “A problem shared...”. Read the teenagers’ letters to Angela. My parents are я homework in ad^anf^ '^^kes ml ^ гссеты ^ ^^ore Гт J my work ^°mment from ^ ^^Lidents. I'm ■ kianded it in i ^ ^^cher °kten get the h- вгоир for °^her j % mum marks ы ru ^<^hject ana У mum and daa и ® ” ^he clasa 1 thoy only -Pout Thl r I'^ill l-iarrington, 1Э Utelv^a'I ^y n-.ates nave for^(Лt^!п about a Job for the holiday, at the local ^’’лп^^П my friends ha.e arranged without me. When 1 tr^ to see tnem I suggest a time and they say its not make fun of me too cos I m not very rich, they laugh at me about my job. I feel so lonely. Do you think something is wrong with me. ■ C0& ■- because 25 Look through Lena’s letter again. Find in the letter and read the sentences having similar meaning with the following; 1. They pay too much attention to my .... 2. My mother doesn’t let me out before I do my.... 3. I'm the best student in my class .... 4. 1 feel so uncomfortable. 5. They were very angr)' because of... . 6. It didn’t help me to convince her. 26 Read Bill Barrington’s letter again. Replace some parts of the letter with the following expressions. Write the letter down. 1. They laugh at me. 2. They say it’s not convenient. 3. My friends have made plans without me. 4. 1 don’t have much money. 27 Read Tracey Donmal’s letter again and answer the following questions: 1. Who’s older Tracey or her sister? 2. Were the sisters friends a few years ago? 3. Why is Tracey worried about her si,ster? 4. W'hat strange habits of her sister does Tracey write about? 5. Do you think it’s a typical teenage problem? B281 n groups of 4-5 discuss the letters you’ve just read. Say if these teenagers’ problems are the same as those you’ve written on your list (Ex. 18). В 29 Share the information between the groups. Make a general list of the problems teenagers usually have in their families all over the world. Put the most important problem under number one. 30 Choose the problem which is the most important for you. Find out which of your cla.ssmates thinks the same. Write a collective letter to Angela. 31 Now read Angela’s answers. Match the teenagers’ letters and Angela’s answers. Lena О Tracey Mothlrte 0 Se -nsitive ari V ^gfinite p'u*- .. .oee ,^g^Horo взрослее) , bit more worde^ ^be voo L>.who "'""T i -orlt.hd effort? im ^ respect 0» ____ 1 you will find '3°®^ ------ WORD FOCUS Oear ... Because much of your sister's strange habits are about food and eating, I think she has some problems with that. Plus the fact that she locks nerself in the loo (toilet) for a long time. Let your sister know that you love her and -ate to see her troubled and unhappy. Suggest to her to see a doctor on Eating Problems, believe the doctor will help your sister. Whatever your sister’s problem, she needs 'elp to realize it. Be there for her — that’s what sisters are for. 32 Read and translate the sentences, remember the meanings of kind. kind |kaind| 1. There are different kinds of birds and animals in the Wild park. My grandparents have all kinds of plants and flowers in their garden. I don’t like that kind of books, they are too cruel. At my birthday we had five kinds о/cake and three kinds o/cheese. 2. What kind of person is he? 3. Who is the kindest person in your family? My cousin Liza is kind and loving. I’d like to visit her again. 4. It’s very kind of you to invite me to your party. Dear ... Your parents are ri^hr t,. stay on top of your hoi ' to 10 tHe%relZe ZT''' If you are hardworking aTdtT feeling, school, nobody can ask ^t mad about homework But /' 's ■'cally under pressure vo ^ see that. ' "eed to make them Talk to your teacher If > -^ppZZZZ7dtZett"°^' ;4-^uragomentcanbera%TTr 133 Read, translate and act out. — I have seen two films this week. — What were they about? — One of them was about star wars and the other was a love story. — Which of them did you enjoy most? — The one about star wars. I like that kind of films. Would you like to see it too? I’ve got a ticket for today. — Yes, I’d like to. It’s ver)' kind of you to invite me. 34 Swap the letters you’ve wTitten in groups (Ex. 30). Imagine that you are Angela’s assistants. Write an answer to one of the letters on Angela’s behalf. © 107 ^What is bullying? 35 Listen to a person with whom teenagers share their problems on ChiUlline'. Answer the questions. 1. Which problems are most typical for teenagers? 2. Why do most teenagers use Childline? 3. What special information do teenagers often need? Childlinc is the telephone line the British children call if they can’t talk about their problems to anyone at home. There is a Childline in Russia too. 36 Read the words and learn their meanings. Use the dictionars' if it is necessary. abuse 1эЪЗи:ь1 — unkind, cruel or rude words or actions threat (Oretl — expression or wish to hurt or punish somebody threaten |'0retnl — to express a threat against somebody blackmail I'bltekmeil] — practice of getting money or advantage by threatening steal [still I — to take people’s things, money pick on I pi к I — to choose somebody for punishment or an unpleasant job bully jbulij — a person who hurts or frightens weaker people ^ ^ > 37 Read the texts. Match the titles and the texts. Titles: 1. What is bulbing? 2. What kind of things are called “bullying”? 3. Who is a bully? 4. What should happen to bullies? 5. What should happen to the victim? « » a) A bully is a person who physically or verbally hurts someone. A bully can be a boy, a girl, a man or a woman. A bully usually picks on people who cannot defend themselves. b) Abuse, stealing, threatening and blackmail are all forms of bull)ing. Racism can be called bullying. Making someone feel not good or less good about themselves is bullying. c) The word “bullying” covers different situations. Name calling, stealing, abuse of any kind are the forms of bullying. There is a clear definition of bullying; “It is an attempt to hurt, threaten or frighten someone." d) The victims should talk to someone about how they feel after the bullying. Bullying must be spoken about. Students and teachers should try to prevent bullying. After all prevention is better than cure. e) Bullying is wrong and should be punished. There are different levels of bullying and various punishments. A possible “plan" of punishment is; 1) interview with the teacher; 2) letter home; 3) suspension; 4) exclusion from school. 38 Read and translate the phrases. Create your own sentences using the words. threat (угроза) 108 defend (защищать) a threat against somebody a threat of something under the threat of punishment a threatening letter to threaten (угрожать) with a gun to defend somebody to defend yourself to defend someone against from 39 Complete the sentences. Use: talk to, defend myself / someone from the bully, threaten the bully, try to help, cry, fight, laugh at, don’t pay attention to, try to change, become more independent / less shy, make friends with, help each other, hate bullying, rely on, explain to, it's usele.ss, enjoy bullying, make fun of etc. 1. If 1 were bullied, I would... 2. If my younger sister / brother were bullied. 1 could... 3. If someone were bullied in my presence, 1 would... 4. If my friend / classmate bullied someone. 1 would... 140 You are going to read a text about bullying. Look at these phrases. Seven of them are in the text. Which ones do you think they are? Underline them. Something terrible, was very frightened, felt unhappy and lonely, took care of, felt happy, wanted to die. argued with..., was in trouble, threaten, were cold and cruel, felt sorry, was ashamed, hated bullying, was proud of. 41 Read an extract from C. Bronte’s novel “Jane Eyre” and find out if you were right in Ex. 40. About three weeks after I arrived at Lowood something terrible happened. We were all in class one day when Mr Brocklehurst came into the room with Miss Temple. 1 was ver)' frightened. 1 had begun to feel happy at Lowood. Most of the girls and teachers were kind to me. Unlike Mrs Reed, they didn’t think that I was a wicked child. 1 tried to sit still so that Mr Brocklehurst would not notice me. But then 1 dropped my book with a loud noise. 1 wanted to die! 1 was so ashamed. Mr Brocklehurst turned to me, and his eyes were cold and cruel. “Oh — 1 see it is the new girl — come here, Jane Eyre. 1 have something to say about you.” 1 was standing in front of Mr Brocklehurst when I heard Miss Temple say very quietly, “Don’t be afraid, Jane. 1 saw that it was an accident.” How kind she was to me at this terrible moment! Mr Brocklehurst pointed to a chair and said, “Stand on that chair!” For the next ten minutes, he told all the teachers and girls everything he knew about me. “She tells lies," he said. “The school must not talk to such a wicked girl.” As he lefi the room, he said loudly, “Jane Eyre must stand on that chair for half an hour and no one must speak to her until tomorrow morning!” I was .so ashamed. 1 wanted to die. “Now everyone will hate me,” 1 thought. But suddenly 1 .saw Helen. She wanted to give me her courage. 1 did not leave my chair until everyone had gone for tea. Then 1 sat down in a corner and cried. 1 felt so unhappy and lonely. Soon Helen came into the room again. “Jane,” she said, “you mustn’t cry, you know. We don’t all share Mr Brocklehurst’s opinion of you. I’m sure that many of us feel sorry for you." 42 Answer the following questions. Use the text about bullying if necessary. 1. How did Jane feel? Are you sorry for the little girl? 2. What was the punishment? Was it severe? 3. Did anyone in the classroom want to help Jane? 4. Was it bullying? Why do you think so? 5. Have you ever had any experience of being bullied? Can you tell about it? П43 Write your own story about anyone who has been bullied. Finish it with a happy ending. 109 Section 4 ^Why are family holidays important? 44 Match the holidays and the countries where they are celebrated. Listen and find out if you were right. 1. Christmas (December 25th) 2. St Valentine’s Day (February 14th) 3. Australia Day (January 26th) 4. Canada Day (July 1th) 5. Independence Day (July 4th) 6. Waitangi Day (February 6th) 7. Victory Day (May 9th) 8. Independence Day (June I2th) 9. Christmas (January 7th) Countries Holidays Australia the USA the UK Canada 1.2,4 Russia New Zealand Щ 45 Say what you know about these holidays. Use the Cultural guide and the Internet. PRONUNCIATION FOCUS 46 Listen and repeat: — January. February, March, April, May, June, July, August, September, October, November, December — Sunday, Monday, Tue.sday, Wednesday. Thursday, Friday, Saturday — the USA, the United States of America, the Atlantic Ocean, the south coast of F.ngland — the Pilgrim fathers, the Indian.s, the Mayflower, Plymouth, Thanksgiving — get together, celebrate, traditional food, pumpkin pie, turkey 47 You are going to read a text about an American family holiday. Look at the picture. What do you think the text will be about? Read and find out if you are right. Thank.sgiving Day in the USA Every year all Americans celebrate T hanksgiving Day. The story started in 1620. A group of people decided to leave Fmgland and go to live in America. They wanted to be free to practise their religion. And they wanted a new and better life. On 16th September 1620 they left Plymouth, a port on the .south coast of England. Their ship was called “the Mayflower". There were about a hundred of them. They took their animals with them: pigs, goats and chickens. It took them about a month or two to cross the Atlantic Ocean. Don’t forget, there were no engines in those ships — only sails and the wind. At last they saw America on the 9th November. Some people didn’t live to see America. They had become sick and died before they arrived in America. The first winter in America was very hard for the travellers, the Pilgrims as they were called. The Indians helped the Pilgrims. They were shown how to hunt, fish and grow corn. The next year the Pilgrims had a lot of food. The Pilgrim fathers built the town Plymouth. And they thanked God for their new home. It was almost four hundred years ago. And every year on the fourth Thursday in November American families get together and celebrate Thanksgiving Day. The traditional food on this day is turkey and pumpkin pie. no 48 Write the questions for the following answers: 1. When...? Thanksgiving Day is celebrated in November in the United Stales. 2. Who...? The Pilgrims were religious people from England. 3. What...? The town built in America by the Pilgrims was called Plymt)uth. 4. Why...? The Pilgrims were thankful to God for food and their new home. 5. Who...? The Pilgrims were shown how to hunt, fish and grow corn by the Indians. 49 Answer the que.stions. 1. How many people went on the Mayflower from England to America? 2. How long did it take them to cross the Atlantic Ocean? 3. Why did they move so slowly? 4. Had many people died before the Mayflower arrived in America? 50 Number the following sentences in the correct order. The first one has been done for you. a) It took them almost two months to cross the Atlantic Ocean. b) That was almost four hundred years ago. ©c) A group of people left England and went to live in America. d) On the 9th November they saw America. e) Every year on the fourth Thursday in November all American families get together to celebrate Thanksgiving Day. f) They wanted to be free to practise their religion. g) The Pilgrim fathers thanked God for their new home. They built the town of Plymouth. В 51 Work in groups. Discuss why people celebrate special days with their families? Agree on the five most important reasons, write them down. Use: see each other, give presents to each other, support members of the family, get prc.sents from others, teach the younger generation, argue with each other, cat tasty things, express their respect to older members of the family, introduce their friends to the other members of the family, visit hospitable relatives, cook much food, watch TV, discuss political news, show their fashionable clothes, talk to each other, sing and dance together... 52 Match the words from two boxes. Make up as many expressions as you can. Label the pictures. Which of these things are found in many countries? Example: a wedding cake Birthday wedding New Year Christmas card stocking 53 Complete the sentences. Learn more about family life in Britain. 1. Christmas is a traditional season... 2. Children have more freedom... 3. More than half of all old people... 4. The family holiday usually taken in August... a) ...are looked after at home. b) ...for members of the family to see each other. c) ...is still an important part of family life. d) ...to make their own choices. 1 1 54 Do you remember any traditional family holidays celebrated in Russia? What are they? Tell us about one of them. Use the following questions as a plan. When is it celebrated? Who is usually invited for the holiday? What is the traditional food for that holiday? Do people give each other presents on that day? What kind of presents are they? What do people usually do (dance, sing, do puzzles, go for a walk...)? S3 55 Work in pairs. Ask each other questions about your family life. Use: How many members are there in your family? With whom in your family do you have a lot in common? What’s that? Do you have the .same friends? Do you like the same food? Do you watch the same films? Do you do the same sport? Anything else? Who in your family do you often argue with? Who can you discuss your problems with? Who of your relatives come to see you on special occasions? / more often? / less often? How do you contact your relatives who live in other places: by phone / writing letters / .sending telegrams / by e-mail? 56 Match the holidays and the congratulations. 1. Christmas 2. New Year 3. Easter 4. Victory Day 5. Birthday 6. W'edding a) Congratulations! Be happy. b) Happy Birthday to you, and many happy returns of the day! c) Wishing you peace this Christmas! d) Happy New Year! e) Victory Day greetings to you! f) Merry Christmas! g) Happy Easter! 57 Read the postcard and remember its layout. Dear Ann", Wishing" you peace this Christmas and also lots of joy for the New Year. We wish you all the very best.- May your wishes come true. With much love from"'. Tracey and John"". ' Never begin with Dear Friend. Use the name. " Begin the first sentence with a capital letter. Cicneral endings of the postcards and letters are Best wishes, Yours. For close friends, you can end with Love or With much love from. "" Don't forget to write your own name. 58 Make up a congratulator)' card using the following sentences and putting them in the correct order (use Ex. 57 as a model). 1. On behalf of all of us we wish you a very happy birthday. 2. Love, Pamela and Andy. 3. Let all your wishes come true. 4. Dear Alice,... 59 Write your own postcard to a pen friend from an English-speaking countiy and send him / her greetings on a holiday (New Year, Christmas, birthday etc). Use Ex. 57 as a model. 112 Section 5 Is it easy to be independent? 160 Work in pairs. Discuss what you think about being independent. What is it: — making your own choices (friends, books you read...)? — taking serious decisions by yourself (about smoking, doing sports...)? — taking care of your pets and of your room? — earning pocket money for the things you want (new computer games, make up, fashionable clothes...)? 61 Read the article of what Americans think about being independent. Answer the questions given in the text. Are you expected to make choices? Do your parents encourage you to be independent in your everyday life? American parents do. They believe strongly that a person should have the freedom to decide what should be done today and in the future. Parents encourage their children from an early age to be independent, to be responsible, to respect their society and their country', to work hard and to believe in God. V'ery often even small children decide themselves how to decorate their bedrooms or what toys to play with. Teenagers have lots of choices to make: at school they choose between sports or music, French or German, economics or social studies. They choose who their friends are and how to earn their pocket tnoney, for example by babysitting or carrying newspapers. They also choose how to spend the money that they have earned: buv'ing computer games, travelling or just going to a disco. Parents and teachers are always ready to help the teenagers with their decisions. Hut it’s very important to be independent and to believe in vourself 62 Read the article again. Correct these false statements. 1. American parents decide what their children should do in everyday life and in future. 2. Parents advise their children how they should spend the money they have made. 3. Teenagers shouldn’t be given much freedom becau.se they arc not .serious enough. 4. Usually teenagers are not encouraged to take decisions themselves. 5. Parents choose how to spend the money their children have earned. 63 Work in groups. Speak about being independent in your country, in your family. Prepare brief information about possible ways of being independent. Share the information with other group.s. Di.scuss it. WORD FOCUS 64 Read and remember. Make your own sentences with these expressions, to do your homework the housework an exercise the shopping, the wa.shing your best to make a mistake tea, coffee a phone call a bed money friends fun of someone 113 65 Put the sentences in the correct order and read the text about British children and their parents. 1. Nearly all British parents who work have at least a four-week holiday every year. 2. They choose the subjects they leam at school, earn their own pocket money, etc. These days children have more freedom to make their own decisions. 4. But many children these days have holidays away from their parents. 5. Parents treat their children differently. 6. Relations between members of the family are different nowadays. 66 Most teenagers receive their pocket money every day or once a week from their parents. But at the end of the week there’s no money left! These are some ways to earn the pocket money for your everyday needs. a) Look at the pictures. Say what British teenagers usually do to earn their pocket money. b) Say what kind of job you would prefer. c) Read what Barbara, George, Iris, Alec and Andy say about their jobs. Match the texts and the pictures. Put the correct numbers. „ and a'"* for of V'e'' wm for a senagerW'^ fromeohoo'. Training dogs Ь9У ©/O', Iris other do, In 'ts nor '’M ’ trai, ' them like Уои 'O It i Snd. It ^onds oome have People, to nem, '^niber 1 you,,,2::^ try oucc, ess eood every NndV unW y,ave \t' doe«’''^'7fouV'd effot 6^001^0 f,\rr'e . frOtt' СОЧГ' J» I fan ..ve care O' - , vve'V- '^or«''’®^' \we 1 14 a\\ow®d^ ______1 ^ ____________________________ George If you love doge, this Is the job for you. Many people living in big cities go to work in the morning and leave their dogs at home all day. Also, some old people cannot walk their dogs. I love dogs and I enjoy walking dogs. But there are some things you have to remember. I never let the dog off the lead where it can cause trouble — near traffic or where children are playing. You ne'— og might do. i 1Л - .lave to remembe . .er let the v,ug off the lead where it can cause trouble — near traffic or where small children are playing. You never know what the 9oq might do. Usually I make friends with the scg before I take it out for a walk. _____ J Many of you have been programming computers since you were small children. I’m really very good at computing. 1 taught my parents and their friends how to use the computer for their everyday needs. Of course, i did it for free ■“ f you teach someone you don’t know really 'i might pay you. You can also show them v, operate their video recorders an^^ 'schines. I would really eni-~ _„y well, s.now them ho reorders and other really enjoy that kind of job. 67 W’hich of the ways to earn the pocket money do you think are the best. Talk about it. Try to cover the following: What kind of work are you going to do? Who are the people you are going to help? Why do you think you could do this work? When would you like to .start working? How are you going to spend the money you earn? 68 Hind pairs of words or phrases that have the same meaning. JVIake up sentences with one of them: quickly to decide to make money to stop doing something to get not easy safe fast not true to start to take part to participate to begin to receive difficult to succeed to win false to give up .something to earn to make up one’s mind not dangerous 169 Write a story about the job you would like to do to earn pocket money. Use the teenagers stories in lix. 66 as models. 115 Homework I 1 Write three phrases about one of the successful people, whose pictures are on p. 100. Use the results of your discu.ssion in the classroom from Ex. 1. 2 Translate into English. 1. Почему гы здесь? Занимайся своим делом! 2. Я бы хотела увидеть мир своими глазами. 3. Давай поделим нашу работу поровну между собой. 4. Владелец дома не признаег, что все люди равны от рождения. 3 Look back at the story told by Liza Carey (Ex. 4 on p. 101). Put in the prepositions if needed. There are a lot of things the USA is famous .... But mostly Americans are proud ... their people. Most of successful people in the United States succeeded ... their efforts alone. They started ... any money or social position. They didn’t expect anyone to hand them their success ... a plate. They made it ... their own. 4 Add at lea.st one characteristic to each line. Example: If you like to make good friends you should be optimistic and ... .— If you like to make good friends, you should be optimistic and hospitable. 1. If you like to be successful, you should be energetic and .... 2. If you want to .speak English well, you should be ... . 3. A successful person should be ... . 4. People having dangerous job should be ... . 5. Actors and actresses should be ... . 5 Fill in the blanks with the information from the text about Walt Disney. Walt Disney was a .... He ... in 1901. On a farm where he ... his childhood he learned ... nature and animal.s. Young Walt ... helping his father. He always had ... of what he wanted. His studio ... producing ... even after his death. 6 Find in the text about Mother Teresa information about the following statements. Write them down. 1. Agnes was born in a rather rich family. 2. She was not the only child in her family. 3. Agnes’s parents believed in God. 4. Her family helped the poor. 5. She herself believed that people should have equal opportunities. 7 Write down five comprehension questions on the text about Slava Polunin. 8 Write a few sentences about your family. Use the words and phrases from Ex. 14 on p. 104. 9 Put in prepositions if needed. 1 have too many responsibilities ... home. I can never rely ... my younger sister. Though my parents are proud ... her, she doesn’t treat them ... respect. She argues ... my mother, she shouts ... our good old dog, makes fun ... her school friends. She wants everyone to obey ... her. 1 know that parents should take care ... their children, but they shouldn’t let ... their children do whatever they like! 10 Write down all the teenage problems from Ex. 18 on p. 105 in order of their importance for you: number one — the most important one, number twelve — the least important one. 1 1 Do Ex. 22 on p. 105 in written form. 12 Write a letter to Angela. Tell her about your personal problems. Use Lena’s, Tracey’s and Bill’s letters as examples. 13 Make up four sentences with the word kind. Use the information on p. 107 in the Word Focus box. 116 14 Translate into English. 1. He сходи c ума из-за отметок! Ты одна из лучших учениц по всем предметам. Но ты же не можешь знать все. 2. Я беспокоюсь о своей маме. Она стала мрачной и неразговорчивой. Как я могу ей помочь? 3. У моей подруги странные привычки. Она строит рожицы .мальчишкам, обзывает их. Все над ней смеются. Что с ней не так? 15 Fill in the blanks. Use the words in the box; bully, abused, buU)ing, threatened, steals, defend (x2). pick on, a victim, hurt, blackmails. Have you ever met a bully? Sure, you have. A ... can be a child or an adult, a boy or a girl. Bullies usually ... people who cannot ... them.selves. Victims can be ... or .... or ... in any other way. When a bully calls you names,... something from you, abuses or ... you. do something to stop him. Remember that ... is wrong and bullies should be punished. 16 Do Ex. 39 on p. 109 in written form. 17 Look back at the text about Jane Eyre. Find in the text and write down the words de.scribing the feelings of the victim. Example: 1 wanted to die! 18 Read again the text “Thanksgiving Day-in the USA”. Match the parts of the sentences. Write them down. 1. In 1620 a group of people... 2. A hundred people... 3. It took the travellers... 4. The Pilgrims were .shown... 5. Thanksgiving Day is... a) about a month or two to cross the ocean and reach America. b) how to hunt, fish and grow corn by the Indians. c) a day when Americans thank God for their new home. d) decided to live in America. They wanted to be free to practise their religion. e) took their animals and left a port on the south coast of England. 19 Write a short story' about a family tradition. Use the following phrases: — Every year... — The story started in... — On that day we invite our friends to see each other... — Two/Three years later... — The traditional food on that day is... 20 Answer the questions from Ex. 49 on p. 111 in written form. 21 Do Ex. 58 on p. 112 in written form. 22 Answer the following questions. Use the information from the text about young Americans. A. I. Do your parents encourage you to be independent? How do they do it? 2. What do you do to make your parents believe that you can be independent? B. I. Are independent people responsible for their deeds? Give your examples. 2. How different are Russian and American teenagers? 23 Translate into English. Мои родители поощряют мою са.мостоятель-ность. Я отвечаю за многое: за выгу'Л собаки, за мои спортивные .занятия, за учебу в школе, за .занятия иностранным языком. Мне хотелось бы также заниматься шах.матами. Может быть, в будущем году, не сейчас. Сейчас у .меня нет свободного времени. Нелегко принимать решения самому, но я должен верить в себя. 24 Choose one of the stories told by British teenagers about their jobs. Interview the person who wrote it. Ask him / her 5 questions. Write down your questions. 117 25 Look back at the teenage jobs again. Add words to each line; 1. I could take care of a cat,... 2.1 could teach a dog to sit, to... 3. I could help someone to... 26 Do Ex. 67 on p. 115 in w'ritten form. Key vocabulary Expressions and word combinations; Nouns; Verbs; Adverbs; a threatening letter be ashamed of ambition allow differently be frightened of babysitter argue be jealous of bully convince Adjectives; defend against / from bullying defend ambitious in advance congratulations earn dependent lack of something independence encourage equal make someone do something kind hand jealous mind your own business lack obey mad on my/his/her own opportunity succeed own pocket money owner threaten patient social position person social social studies right successful special occasion threat tolerant star war victim unequal succeed by one’s own effort wedding succeed in doing something Thanksgiving Day threat against someone threat of something deliver newspapers make plans send greetings to under the threat of somebody/something 118 Progress check к 1 Underline the word with the same or similar meaning. Example: to defend a) to save b) to protect c) to help 1. threat a) bullying b) argument c) warning 2. to be ashamed a) to be unable b) to be shy c) to be surprised 3. to succeed in a) to be out of luck b) to win c) to manage 4. mad a) ambitious b) clever c) crazy 5. tolerant a) patient b) kind c) ambitious 6. to argue a) ask b) to disagree c) to trouble 2 Use the word in capitals to form a word that Hts suitably in the blank space. I'ill in each blank in this way. Example: AMBITION I’m sure that he’ll succeed in politics. He is bright and ambitious. 1. THREAT He has got the third ... letter from the stranger. 2. COURAGE Her mother ... her to try her luck in the competition. 3. OWN Now you are the ... of this wonderful house. My congratulations! 4. SUCCESS Our country is proud of these ... people. 5. DEPEND On July 4th, 1776 the American colonies declared their ... from Britain. 6. BULLY Students and teachers should always try’ to prevent .... 3 Complete each sentence with one of the words or phrases below. Under the threat of. was fond of, made him, great wisdom, quit, lack of, patient, succeeded in, had to. was full of. Isaac Newton is one of the greatest men in the history oif science. was born in a^all village in England, EltsJ^tfier, a poor fermeif;’ dled when Lsaac was only 14. Newton had to ... school. The family suffered from a ... money. His mother ... help her on the farm. However, Isaac didn’t like farming. He ... poetry and mathematics. So he was sent back to .school. He ... in his studies and entered Cambridge University after school. In autumn 1660 ... plague ftyAiwJCambridge University was closed. Isaac Newton ... return to his village and stay in his village for a year and a half. At home he went on with his studies. He was ... and hardworking. He believed in science and... ideas. When he was 21, Newton created the binomial theorem (теорию бинома). Isaac Newton was a man of ... . He died in 1727. There is a monument to Isaac Newton in Cambridge with the words “Nesvton, Who Sur-pas.sed (превзошел) All Men of .Science”. 4 Complete the sentences. Fill in do or make in the right form. E.4ainple: Have you ... your homework? — Not yet.— Have you done your homework? — Not yet. 1. She has ... 5 grammar mistakes in her test. 2. The boys got up at 6 am, ... their beds and ... morning exercises. 3. Mike has gone into town to ... some shopping. 4. 90% of housework is ... by women. 5. The car was ... in Germany. 6. Don’t worry'! lust ... your best. 7. I’ve ... some coffee for you. 8. Last Sunday they ... fun of him because he was wearing a strange hat. 9. Mr Black ... a lot of money as a lawyer. 10. Have you ... friends with your new classmates yet? 5 Complete the sentences. Fill in to if necessary. Example: I want you ... have lunch with us.— I want you to have lunch with us. 1. What makes you ... think so? 2. She asked us not ... be late. 3. His mother told him ... come back at 10. 4. She made her son ... read the letter. 5. We want you ... join our organization. 6. Hot weather makes me ... feel sick. 7. Don’t make me ... laugh. П9 6 Read the text and do the tasks. Leonardo da Vinci When they hear the name Leonardo da Vinci, most people think of his famous painting, Mona Lisa. This picture is in an art gallery in Paris, and it is visited by millions of tourists every year. But Leonardo wasn’t just a painter. He was also a talented inventor', engineer, architect and sculptor. He was full of new and exciting ideas. Leonardo da Vinci was born in 1452 at his father’s countr)’ home near the town of Vinci in Italy. He spent his childhood surrounded by the wonders of nature, perhaps watching animals and insects that were all around him. Leonardo was hungry for knowledge. He studied the world around him and drew the things he saw. He read everything he could find, listened to other people’s ideas, and made notes of the things he learned. Some of his notebooks were as large as wall posters, and others were small enough to carry in his pocket. Many have been lost, but some of them were published in the 1800s and can be .seen today. Although he was full of new ideas, Leonardo didn’t build many of his inventions". One of his notebooks includes a drawing of a person with a parachute"’. Only 300 years later, in 1783, a Frenchman became the first person who made and used a parachute. Leonardo did lots of drawings of arms and legs and other parts of the body and he designed a mechanical man — a robot! This robot could sit up, wave its arms, move its head and open and close its mouth. Leonardo da Vinci died in 1519. He was truly a man ahead of his time. ' inventor — изобретатель " invention — изобретение '" parachute — парашют 1. What kind of text have you just read? a) a fairy tale b) a biography c) an adventure story d) science fiction 2. Which of these would be the best as a different title? a) Leonardo da Vinci — a famous painter. b) Leonardo da Vinci — a man who invented a parachute. c) Leonardo da Vinci — a man who studied the world around him. d) Leonardo da Vinci — a man ahead of his time. Choose Ae sentence which is not true. Leonardo da Vinci is a world famous painter. b) Leonardo da Vinci wanted to learn as much as he could about the world around him. c) Leonardo da Vinci made notes of the things he learnt. d) Leonardo da Vinci was the first man who made a parachute jump. e) Leonardo da Vinci designed a robot. 4. The article says that Leonardo da Vinci was hungry for knowledge. Find in the text and underline the sentences which prove it. 5. What do the words “a man ahead of his time” mean? a) человек, идущий в ногу со временем b) человек своего времени c) человек, опередивший свое время d) умнейший человек своего времени 7 Write а postcard to your реп friend from the F.nglish-spcaking country and send greetings to him/her on a holiday (New Year, Christmas, birthday etc). 8 Listen to two teenagers talking about their jobs. Fill in the table. Wendy Where does she/he work? How much is she/he paid? What do they spend their money on? David 9 a) Tell your friend about a self-made person whom you know/have read about/have seen a film about. b) Read the problems below and decide what advice you would give to each person. Act out the imaginary conversation with your partner Marie: “I’m worried about my best friend. She doesn’t eat breakfast or lunch any more and she is getting very thin. When 1 talk to her about this, she says she is fat! What should 1 do to help her" Steve: "All my friends have forgotten about me They make fun of me because I’ve got a Sunda: job. What should 1 do?” 120 Appendix Grammar reference 1 □ PRONOUNS (Местоимения) Personal Pronouns (Личные местоимения) Possessive (Притяжательные местоимения: Reflexive Subject Pronouns Object Pronouns чей? чья? чье?) (Возвратные (Именительный падеж: (Объектный падеж: кого? что? кому? употребляются за ними не следуют местоимения) кю? чю?) чему? кем? чем?) перед существительными существительные (абсолютная форма) I те ту mine myself you you your yours yourself she her her hers herself he him his his himself it it its its itself we us our ours ourselves you you your yours yourselves they them their theirs themselves NUMBERS (Числительные) 1-21 1-21-Й one first two second three third four fourth five fifth six sixth seven seventh eight eighth nine ninth ten tenth eleven eleventh twelve twelfth thirteen thirteenth fourteen fourteenth fifteen fifteenth sixteen sixteenth seventeen seventeenth eighteen eighteenth nineteen nineteenth twenty twentieth twenty-one twenty-first 10-100... 10-Й, 100-Й... ten tenth twenty twentieth thirty thirtieth forty fortieth fifty fiftieth sixty sixtieth seventy seventieth eighty eightieth ninety ninetieth a hundred hundredth two hundred two hundredth a thousand thousandth a million millionth 1/2 — a half 1/4 — a quarter 11/2 — one and a half 1.7 — one point seven 100 — a / one hundred 200 — two hundred 1.000 — a / one thousand 4.000 — four thousand 1.000. 000 — a / one million 1.000. 000.000 — a/one billion 137 — one hundred and thirty seven 5,253 — five thousand two hundred and fifty three 2,500,000 — two million five hundred thousand hundreds of students — сотни студентов / учащихся thousands of books — тысячи книг millions of people — миллионы людей 121 Grammar reference ARTICLES I. Indefinite Article (a/an) {Неопределенный50ти|1гЬ^1 0, СИ Артикль a/an употребляется: 1. перед исчисляемым существительным в единственном числе, когда оно называется впервые Mike has got а brother and a sister. I bought a new player. 2. перед названием профессии He is a doctor. 1 am a lawyer. 3. в восклицательных предложениях What a clever girl! If is a lovely day! II. Definite Article (the) (Определенный артикль) Артикль the употребляется: 1. перед существительным как в единственном, так и во множественном числе, когда оно уже знакомо или упоминалось ранее Here is the book you asked for. It’s worth reading. This is the player which 1 bought. 2. перед существительными, являющимися единственными в своем роде the Moon, the Sun, the Earth, the Solar System 3. перед названиями сторон света the West, the North 4. перед названиями океанов, морей, рек, каналов the Pacific Ocean, the Baltic Sea, the Thames, the English Channel 5. перед названиями горных цепей, пустынь the Alps, the Sahara Desert 6. перед названиями некоторых исторических учреждений (музеев, театров и т. д.) the Kremlin, the British Museum 7. перед названием газет “The Times", “The Moscow New.s” 8. перед названиями стран, содержащих слова; republic, kingdom, states, federation the Russian Federation, the United States, the Czech Republic (исключение: the Netherlands, the Ukraine) 9. перед названиями национальностей the Russians, the English, the Germans 10. перед существительмы.ми с порядковыми числительными the first interview, the second place 11. перед существительны.ми с прилагательными в превосходной степени the best weekend, the smallest planet 12. перед фамилиями, употребляе.мыми во .множественном числе для обозначения членов одной семьи the Orlovs, the Spratts 13. перед словами: theatre, cinema, radio: sky, sea, country We went to the theatre last Sunday. She likes swimming in the sea. 122 Grammar reference Zero Article (No Article) ' -- - ■ Артикль не употребляется: 1., ' ■ 1. перед именами и фамилиями Agatha Christie 2. перед названиями стран, городов, улиц, площадей France, London, Oxford Street, Red Square 3. перед названиями островов и горных вершин Jamaica, Elbrus 4. перед названиями континентов Africa, Europe COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS (Степени сравнения прилагательных и наречий) Adjective/Adverb (Прилагательное/Наречие) Comparative (Сравнительная степень) Superlative (Превосходная степень) old older (the) oldest short shorter (the) shortest big bigger (the) biggest nice nicer (the) nicest pretty prettier (the) prettiest popular more popular (the) most popular beautiful more beautiful (the) most beautiful hard harder (the) hardest carefully more carefully (the) most carefully (the) much more carefully • Remember good better (the) best bad worse (the) worst far farther / further (the) farthest well better (the) best much more (the) most little less (the) least 123 Grammar reference You She He II We They + I 7 Positive Negative Question I You 1 you She she ' spoke English. He didn’t speak Engli.sh. Did he speak It it We we They . . they , Short answers: Yes, I/you/she/he/1 it/we/they J did. No. I/you/she/he/ it / we / they didn’t. Future simple (Простое будущее) + 1 r~ ? Positive Negative Question ' We will (shall) speak Englisn. We won’t (shan’t) speak English. Will (Shall)] ! ^ [ speak English? we i You You you They They they She will speak English. She won’t speak English. Will she speak English? He He he It It . it Short answers: Yes, I I/we I will (shall). No, | I / we | won’t (shan’t). Yes, I 'vill. No. I y««/‘hey/l I she/he/it ) L she/he/it J wont. 124 Grammar reference Present continuous (Настоящее продолженное) + _ 7 Positive Negative Question I am I am Am I I We We we You are You are Are ■ you They > writing now. Ihey ■ not writing now. they • writing now? she She she He is He is Is he It It - it j Short answers: Yes, Yes, I am. I am not. we/you/ 1 they 1 are. No, we/you/ 1 . they 1 are not. she/he/it j is. No, she/he/it j is not. Past continuous (Прошедшее продолженное) 7 Positive Negative Question I was I w'as Was I 1 We We we You were You were Were you They ■ sleeping. They • not sleeping. they > sleeping? She She she He was He was Was he It J It it Yes, Short answers: I/shc/ he/it No, I/she/ he/it was not. we/vou/ Yes, were. we/vou/ No, , ' were not. they Present perfect (Настоящее завершенное) + _ 7 1 We You Positive Negative Question have written the story. I We You haven’t written the story. Have 1 we you They , They , they > written the story? She She she He has written the story. He hasn’t written the story. Has he It It , it J short answers: Yes. I/you/ 1 we/they j have. No, I I/you/ I we, they haven’t. Yes, 1 she / he/it j has. No. 1 she/he/it| hasn’t. 125 Grammar reference Past perfect (Прошедшее завершенное, предурошедшее) П 1 You + Positive I You He had prepared dinner He It (before the party started). It We We They . They J Megative^4^^ had not prepared dinner (before the party started). Had You He She It We They on prepared > (dinner before the party started)? Short answers: Yes, 1/you/she/he/ it/we/they , , V, I I/you/she/he/ had. No, . It/we/they hadn't. Present perfect continuous (Настоящее завершенное продолженное) Since It has been snowing since 12 o’clock. Снег идет с 12 часов (и сейчас продолжает идти). For It has been snowing/or 3 hours. Снег идет на протяжении трех часов (начался три часа назад и все еще продолжается). Verbs which are not used in the continuous: be, believe, consist, depend, know, love, mean, realise, belong, contain, hate, need, like, prefer, remember, seem, understand, suppose, want. We have lived in Sochi for five years. I have known her since 1998. Have got (Иметь) + — 7 Positive Negative Question I We You have got a computer. I We You ' haven’t got a computer. Have 1 we you They She They She . they she ■ got a computer? He It has got a computer. He It hasn’t got a computer. Has he it Short answers: Yes, I/you/ we/they have. No, 1/you/ 1 we/they | haven’t. Yes, [ she/he/iti has. No, j she/he/itl hasn’t. 126 Grommar reference Verb + object + (to) + verb do or make I. те make you her/him/it do something us them Anecdotes make me laugh. Анекдоты .таставляют .меня смеяться. 2. ask want tell expect help invite order teach me you her/ him/ii us them to do something 1 often ask them to walk my dog. Я часто прошу их погулять с моей собакой. do make do homework make a cake / tea / coffee do your best make an effort do an exercise make fun of do well/badly make a mistake do the shopping make money do housework make progress do a lot of damage make a phone call do Maths / Physics make a bed do research make friends Verbs followed by the ing form or by to Some verbs can only be followed by the infinitive Some verbs and expressions can only be followed with to. by the ing form. agree learn be fond of mind arrange manage enjoy miss decide offer finish practise fail pretend give up succeed in forget promise imagine suggest happen refuse it's worth stop hope want dislike dream of He refused (q her to the partv. Ihis cathedral is very old and beautiful. It’s worth She failed to pass the exam. visiting. Some verbs can be followed by either ing form or by to: begin continue hate like love prefer start / like/hate to fet up early on Sunday morning. Begin reading, please. 127 Grammar reference PASSIVE VOICE (Пассивный/Страдательный залог) Present simple passive □ I We You They She He II Positive am given a task by the teacher. are given a task by the teacher. is given a task by the teacher. 1 We You They She He It Negative am not given a task by the teacher. are not given a task by the teacher. is not given a task by the teacher. Am Are ? Question I 1 1 given a task by fhe teacher? she he it Yes, Short answers: I am. T am not. we/you/ 1 they J are. No, we/you/ 1 , they .1 are not. she/he/itl is. No, 1 she/he/it[ isn’t. Past simple passive I We You They She He It + Positive was examined, were examined. was examined. I We You They She He It Negative was not examined, were not examined. was not examined. Was I we Were you . they she Was he it Question ' examined? Yes, Short answers: I/she/ he/it No, I/she/ he/it wasn t. No.|r/'““'j «re not. 1 they Future simple passive + _ ? Positive Negative Question 1 1 I We We we You They She will be tested tomorrow. You They She will not be tested tomorrow. Will you they she be tested tomorrow? He He he It It . it short answers: Yes, I/we/you/they/ she/he/it will. No, I/we, you/they/ she/he/it won t. 128 FIRST AND SECOND CONDITIONALS Grammar reference Conditional Clause Main Clause If + present simple will + infinitive First Conditional 1. If it snows, Если пойдет снег. they will go skiing. они отправятся кататься на лыжах. We use it to talk about events which are possible in the present 2. If you don’t write the composition, Если ты не напишешь сочинение. you1l get а bad mark, ты получишь плохую оценку. or future. 3. If 1 see Jane, Если я увижу Джейн, ГП invite Пег to my birthday party, я приглашу ее на свой день рождения. 4. Don’t miss the lessons. He пропускай уроки, (Если ты пропустишь уроки,) or you’ll be punished, (a) TO тебя накажут. If + past simple would Imight) Second Conditional 1. If I knew the answer. Если бы я знал ответ. I would (might) tell you. я бы сказал тебе. We use it for unlikely (маловероятные) 2. If I were you, Ha твоем месте I would (might) learn German, я оы выучил не.мецкий язык. situations in the present or future. 3. If she had money. Если бы у нее были деньги. she would (might) spend her holidays abroad. TO она могла бы проводить каникулы за границей. 4. If they spoke Spanish, Если бы они говорили по-испански. they would (might) go to Spain. TO они могли бы съездить в Испанию. If + past perfect would + have + III form Ihird Conditional We use it to talk about 1. If the teenager had collected his thoughts. Если бы подросток собрался с мысли.ми. he would have won the competition. OH бы победил в состязании (но он не победил). situations that didn’t happen in the past. 2. If I had been in Moscow at that time, Если бы я был в Москве в то время. I would have helped him. я бы помог ему. (Но .меня не было в .Москве, и я не помог ему.) 129 Grammar reference Reported Speech (Косвенная речь) 1. Reported Speech (present) Direct Speech Reported Speech She says: “I phone my friends every day.” She says (that) she phones her friends every day. (Present simple) (present simple) (Present simple) (Present simple) she says: "I will phone you tomorrow.” She says (that) she will phone me tomorrow. (Present simple) (future simple) (Present simple) (Future simple) She says: "I phoned you an hour ago.” (Present simple) (past simple) She says (that) she phoned me an hour ago. (Present simple) (Past simple) 11. Reported Speech (past). Statements. Tense Changes She said: "I phone my friend.s every day.” She said (that) she phoned her friends every day. (Pa.st simple) (Present simple) (Past simple) (Past simple) she said: “1 will phone you.” She said (that) she would phone me. (Past simple) (l-uture simple) (Past simple) (Fulure-in-the past) She said: “1 phoned you al 5, but you were not at home." She said (that) she had phoned me at 5, but 1 had (Past simple) (Past simple) (Past simple) (Past perfect) not been at home. He said: “1 can solve this problem.” He said (that) he could solve that problem. (Past simple) (Present simple) (Past simple) (Past simple) He said: “We may go there." He said (that) they might go there. (Past simple) (Present simple) (Past simple) (Past simple) He said: “1 must leave." He said (that) he had to leave. (Past simple) (Present $1т|Яе} (Past simple) (Past simple) III. Reported Speech (past). Questions. Tense Changes General questions General questions She said, “Are you a good reader?” She asked me ifl was a good reader. (Past simple) (Present simple) (Past simple) (Past simple) She said, “Does your sister like jogging?” She wanted to know if my sister (iTccd jogging. (Past simple) (Present simple) (Past simple) (Past simple) she said, “ Will you come to the party?" She wondered ifl would came to the party. (Past simple) (Future simple) (Past simple) (Futurc-in-the past) she said, “Have you met before?” She asked if we had met before. (Past simple) (Present perfect) (Past simple) (Past perfect) tVh-questions IV/i-questions He said, “How did you get here tonight?" He wanted to know how I had got there that night. (Past simple) (Past simple) (Past simple) (Past perfect) He said, “What subjects do you like^" He asked me what subjects 1 liked. (Past simple) (Present simple) (Past simple) (Past sintple) He said, “What яге you doing now?" He wondered what 1 was doing then. (Past simple) (Present continuous) (Past simple) (Pa.st continuotis) He said, “Why is your cousin sad today?" He asked why my cousin was sad that day. (Past simple) (Present simple) (Past simple) (Past simple) IV. Reported Speech (past). Commands “Give up fast food,” the doctor said. The doctor advised her to give up fast food. “Don’t be late!”sm'd the teacher. The teacher warned us not to he late. 130 Changes to time words Grammar reference Changes to demonstrative pronouns Direct Speech Reported Speech today that day tonight that night yesterday the day before tomorrow the next day (a week)ago (a week) before last year the year before next year the following year this evening that evening now then Direct Speech Reported Speech these those this that here there Word formation: common prefixes and suffixes Nouns Verbs Adjectives Adverbs Numerals mis-, re-, un- un-, in-, il-. im-. un- non-, dis-, ir- -tion/-sion -ize (-ise), -en -able/-ible -ly -teen -er/-or -al. -(i)an -ty -ance/ -ence -ful, -ic, -ing -th -ing -y(ly), -ous -ity -ive -ist -less •meni Yes/No questions Wh-questions Do you speak English? When did you go to Britain? Do...? VV'hat...? — Что? Какой? Docs...? Who...? — Кто? Did...? Whom...? — Кого? Кому? Can...? Could...? Where...? — Где? Куда? Mav...? Why...? — Зачем? Почему? Must...? Which...? — Какой (из)? Который? Would...? When...? — Когда? Should...? How...? — Как? Shall...? Will...? How long...? — Как долто? Сколько времени? Have...? How much...? — Сколько (о неисчисляемых Has...? существ.)? Had...? / Did have? How many...? — Сколько (об исчисляемых Am...? существ.)? Is...? What time...? — Который час? Was...? (At) what time...? — В какое время? 131 List of irregular verbs 1 Infinitive Past simple Past participle awake [aVeik] будить, просыпаться awoke [aVouk] awoken be |bi:] быть, находиться, являться was |wnz) (ed. ч.) were Iw3:] (mh. ч.) been bear|Ьеэ) рождать bore |Ьэ:| born 1Ьэ:п| beat |bi^| бить, ударять beat beaten become |bi'k\m| становиться became |bi'keim| become begin |bi‘gin| начинать(ся) began |bi'ga:n] begun |Ы'длп| bite |bait| кусать(ся) bit bitten break |breik| ломать, нарушать broke broken bring приносить, приводить brought Ibm:l| brought build |bild| строить built |bilt| built burn жечь, гореть burnt(burned) burnt(burned) buy (bail покупать bought |b3;t| bought can могу, умею could |kud] — cast |ka:st] кидать, бросать cast cast catch |ka:tn ловить, поймать caught |k3:t| caught choose |tfu:z| выбирать chose |tf3uz| chosen come (клт| приходить, приезжать came come cost |ki>st| стоить cost cost cut |kAt| резать, рубить cut cut dive |daiv| нырять dove dove do |du;| делать, поступать, выполнять did done |dAn| draw Idro:) рисовать, чертить, тянуть drew |dru:| drawn IdrDin] drink пить drank drunk drive вести машину, ехать на машине drove Idroov] driven I'drivsn] eat |i:t| есть, кушать ate |et| eaten fall |Гэ;1| падать fell fallen feed кормить fed fed feel чувствовать felt felt fight |fait| бороться, сражаться fought |Гэп| fought find |famd| находить found [faund] found fly |flai| летать flew |flu:| flown |fl3un] forbid запрещать forbade forbidden forget забывать forgot forgotten get получать got got give |giv| давать gave given I'givsnj go ходить, идти, ехать went gone |gnn| grow [grsu] расти, выращивать grew (gru:] grown Igrsun) hang висеть, вешать hung hung have |hxv| иметь, владеть had had hear[hi3| слышать heard |h3:d| heard hold IhsuidI держать held held hurt |h3:t] ушибить(ся) hurt hurt keep держать, хранить kept kept know (пэи| знать knew lnju;J known [naunj lay |lei] класть, положить laid [leid] laid lead вести, руководить led led 132 List of irregular verbs Infinitive Past simple Past participle learn 11з:п| учить что-то, learnt [l3:ntj learnt [l3:ntj узнавать, учиться learned [bmdj learned [l3:nd[ leave уезжать, оставлять left left let позволять, разрешать let let lie [lai| лежать lay lain lose |lu:z| терять lost lost make делать, заставлять made made mean значить, иметь в виду meant jment] meant [ment| meet встречать(ся) met met pay платить paid paid put [put] класть, ставить pul put read [ri:d] читать read jredl read [rcd[ rid [nd| избавлять rid (ridded) rid ride ехать верхом rode ridden ring звенеть, звонить rang rung rise подниматься, вставать rose risen I'nznI run бежать, бегать ran run say [sell говорить, сказать said [scdj said [sed[ see видеть saw |so;| seen sell продавать, торговать sold jsauldj sold [s3uld[ send посылать, отправлять sent sent set ставить, класть set set shake [feikj трясти shook [Juki shaken |'J'eikon| shoot Lfu:t| стрелять shot Lfot) shot show Ifauj показывать showed Lfaudl shown tfauni shut LfAt] закрывать shut shut sing петь sang sung sit сидеть sat sat sleep спать slept slept smell нюхать, пахнуть smelt (smelled) smelt (smelled) speak говорить, разговаривать spoke [spoukl spoken spend тратить, расходовать spent spent spill проливать, разливаться spilt (spilled) spilt (spilled) spread [spredj простираться spread [sprcd| spread (sprcd[ stand стоять stood |stud[ stood [studl steal воровать, красть stole stolen swim плавать swam [swaemj swum take брать, взять took [tuk[ taken I'teiksnl teach учить taught [t3:t[ taught [t.rtl tell сказать, рассказать told [tauldl told think думать, полагать thought [0э:1[ thought throw [вгэи] бросать threw [0ru:| thrown (0гэип| tread jtred) ступать, топтать trod trodden understand понимать, предполагать understood understood j.Anda'stsendj [,And3'stud[ upset [Ap'setl расстраивать upset upset wear [weo] носить (одежду), изнашивать wore [wo:] worn [w3:n[ win выигрывать, побеждать won [wAn] won [WAn] write jraitj писать wrote [raut[ w'ritten I'nlnl 133 Pronunciation table Согласные Гласные знак транскрипции слово знак транскрипции СЛОВО Ip] pen [i:] meet |bl bee III sit It] ten |i] cosy Id] dog |e] letter Ik] king fae] bag ]g] go |a:| park lifl cheese In] stop Icfe] jump |o;] morning ]f| fat fu] book M very |u:| blue lei three |л| mum lai they (з:| bird Is] sad |э] sister ]Z] zoo |ei] table ]J] she fou] nose l3] pleasure |ai| time |h] hot |au| now |m| milk |di] boy In] name [1Э] dear Id] song feo] bear Ц] let |иэ| sure [r] red [ai3l tired U] yes [аиэ] our |w] want 134 Learning strategies Tips for giving a talk 1. Read the task and the key words or questions which are suggested. 2. Follow the plan. Don’t miss any part of it. 3. Keep to the point to be informative. 4. Use linking words and expressions in your talk. 5. Speak clearly so that your partners can hear you. How to deal with true / false / not stated tasks !. Read the text. Try to catch the logic of the text. Pay attention to details. 2. Start with the sentences which (as you think) are true. Study the parts of the sentence. Use the text to check your guess. Mark the sentences with the letter “T”. 3. Then get rid of the obviously incorrect sentences. If you are not sure, look through the text again. Mark the sentences with the letter “F”. 4. The hardest is to decide which information was not stated. Make a logical guess where such kind of information could be placed in the text. Read that part of the text attentively. 5. Make a decision on whether the information was stated or not. Mark the sentence with the letter “N”. How to guess word meaning from context 1. Look for clues. Reread the new word in its context: the sentence in which it is, plus the sentence before and after. Try to get an idea of the possible meaning of the word. 2. Write down a few meanings that you think are possible. 3. If you work with a partner talk with him/her and try to work out the correct meanings of the words that you have underlined. 4. Use an English-Russian dictionary to check your guesses. How to deal with structural closes 1. Read the task attentively. Read the words and phrases given for filling in the gaps. F.xample: in danger, pollution, bins, is thrown... 2. Read the text quickly for general understanding. Try to ignore the gaps. F.xample: A lot of rubbish ... into the sea. Sea animals, fish and birds are ... . Some animal try to eat the .... they die. 3. Then read the text sentence by sentence. Pay attention to the words which go before and after the gaps. Decide what part of speech is missing in each gap. 4. Go back to the given words and phrases. Choose the most appropriate one for each gap. Fill in the gaps. 5. Read the text again to check if you were right. F.xample: A lot of rubbish is thrown into the sea. Sea animals, fish and birds are m danger. Some animal try to eat the bins, they die. 135 Learning strategies How to write a personal letter A typical personal letter has a definite structure: 1. Your address and the date in the top right hand corner. 2. Greeting: Dear Helen (or any name of a person you are addressing to). 3. Beginning: Thank you for your letter...; It was great to hear from you. 4. 2-3 phrases giving answer to your pen friends question or giving the information (according to the task). 5. Ending: common finishing remarks: a) Write soon... or I look forward to your reply / to hearing from you soon. b) Best regards to / Best wishes / All the best 6. Your name E.xample; Moscow^ ^W55ia April 7fh 1011 Dear Helen^ Thanl^ yoiA very mucb for yow letfer. Tf was ^reaf fo hear from уоч. lA You ashed me abouf fhe boohs feena^ers read Russia. l/Ve(/^ if depends on how old fhey are. My frieods prefer fantasy^ defective stories, sometimes fiefioA. Hfife Soon aod tell me aboi^t the boohs and ma^az.tes you lihe to read. Best Wishes, Alina Tips for doing individual projects 1. Choose a topic / idea for your research. 2. Find the information on the topic from all sources (your textbook, other books, people who are aware of the subject). Use the Internet if necessary. 3. Make a proposal on how to develop the idea. 4. Write down the key words or the plan of the presentation on the topic. 5. Share your proposals with your classmates. Be ready to answer their questions. 136 Cultural guide Africa I'aefriks) — one of the seven continents of the Earth. Amazon |'жтэ7,эп| (the) — a river in South America, the second longest river in the world. Antarctica |£en'ta:ktik3| — one of the seven continents. The South Pole is founded in Antarctica. Arctic Ocean l,u:ktik 'эцГэп| (the) — the smallest ocean in the world, at the North Pole. It is covered with ice all year round. Armstrong, Neil ['amstraij 'ni:l] (b. 1930) — an American astronaut. He was the first man to walk on the moon in 1969. Atlantic Ocean |3t,laentik 'эи/эп| (the) — the second largest ocean in the world, which separates North and South America from Europe and Asia. Australia |ns'treili3| — one of the seven continents of the Earth. It’s also a large country which lies between the Indian and Pacific Oceans. Ihe capital is Canberra. English is the first state language. Australia Day — an Australian public national holiday. It is held on January 26th. It commemorates the arrival of the First English Fleet in 1788. В Baikal |'baika:l| (the) — the deepest lake in the world (1,620 metres deep). Bambi — the title of a cartoon film by W. Disney about a young deer called Bambi. Beatles |Ъ1зи) (the) — a famous British music group. Belgium — a country in Europe. The capital is Brussels. Bible (the) — the holy book of the Christians. Bombay |,bDm'bei] — the largest city in India. Borovik, Artyom — international journalist. He founded the Sovershenno Sekretno publishing house, which produced a popular newspaper and TV Programme. He was the first Russian to win a top American Overseas Press Award. Bangkok Ibseq'knk] — the capital of Thailand. Boeing — an American company which makes aircraft. Bronte, Charlote (1816-1855) ['bronti '/cubt]— an English writer. Her most popular novel was “Jane Eyre”. Canada ['katnpds] — a country in North America. The capital is Ottawa. English and French are the official languages. Canada Day — a Canadian national public holiday. It is held on July 1st. Carrol, Lewis (1832-1898) |'кжгэ1 ’lu:is] — an English writer who wrote two well-known children’s stories “Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland” and “Through the Looking Glass” (“Зазеркалье"). Caspian Sea j.katspisn ’si:) (the) — the largest lake in the world (371,000 sq kilometres). It is situated in Russia. Celsius [’.selsias] / also Centigrade |'sentigreid| — a scale of temperature in which water freezes at 0" and boils at 100°. Challenger Deep — the lowest point on the Earth. It’s 11,034 metres below sea level. It is in the Pacific Ocean. Chaplin, Charlie (1889-1974) — a famous English film actor and producer. He usually played a tramp in silent black and white comedy films. China I'tfainal — a country in Asia. The capital is Beijing. Chicago [fi'kotgau]— a large city in the USA. Coca-Cola (Coke) — a sweet drink of American origin. Chase, James H. ('tjcis 'tfeeims] (1906-1985) — a famous English detective writer. He wrote 78 novels which were translated into 33 languages. Christie, Agatha I'kristi ’ждэОэ] (1890-1976) — an English writer of popular books and plays, especially detective novels. Christmas — Christian holiday held in honour of the birth of Christ. It is held on December 25th. In Russia this holiday is celebrated on January, 7th. CNN I,si: en 'en| (Cable News Network) — an American cable television station that broadcasts only news. Conan Doyle, Sir Arthur (,кэ1Л1эп ’dml] (1859-1930) — a British doctor and writer who wrote stories about the famous detective Sherlock Holmes. Crusoe, Robinson I'krusau ’robinssn] — a character from a book of the same name by Daniel Defoe. 137 Cultural guide D Dickens, Charles ['dikinz 'tfalzj (1812-1870) — a famous English writer. His most popular novels are “Oliver Twist”, “David Copperfield” etc. Disney, Walt I’dizni 'warlt] (1901-1966) — an American film producer. His most famous cartoons characters are Donald Duck, Mickey Mouse and Bambi. He also produced adventure films. Disneyland I'dizniltend] — a very large amusement park in the USA. Donald Duck — one of the first Disney characters. Now he is a symbol of Disney. Elbrus |cl'bni:s] — the highe.st mountain in Europe. England I'irtolandl — the largest country in Britain. 'Ihe capital is London. Etna I'etno] — a volcano in Italy. Europe I'joaropl — one of the seven continents of the Earth. Everest |'ev3nst| — the highest mountain in the world (8,848 metres). F Fahrenheit I'ficranhaitl — a scale of temperature in which water freezes at 32" and boils at 212". 32° Fahrenheit equals 0" Celsius. Gagarin, Yuri (19.34-1968) — a Russian cosmonaut. On 12th April 1961 he became the first man in space when he travelled round Ihe Earth in “Vostok-1”. Galileo |,gceli'leiau] (1564-1642) — an Italian astronomer, mathematician and physicist. He made several important scientific discoveries. He made the first telescope. Gates, Bill I'gcits 'bil| — one of the richest people in the world. He founded the company Microsoft. (ieneral Motors — the largest maker of cars and trucks in the USA. (iorbachev, ,Michail (b. 1931) — a political leader of the USSR who started the processes of economic and political change and freedom of expression (Glasnost). H Hemingway, Ernest I'hemiijwei 'amist] (1898-1935) — one of the greatest 20th century American writers. He wrote many novels and short stories. Hollywood i'holiw'ud] — a place in Los Angeles which is known as the centre of the American film industry I Independence Day — duly 4th) is the National Indefiendence Day of the USA. 'Ihe Day is celebrated all over the country with parades, picnics and fireworks at night. )une 12th is the National Independence Day of Russia. India I'indial — a large country in South Asia. The capital is New Delhi. Ihe official languages are English and Hindi. Indian Ocean |,Indian 'aufanl (the) — the third largest ocean in the world. J Jane Eyre [.eftem 'ea) — the main character and the title of a book by Charlotte Bronte written in 1847. К King, Stephen i'kig 'sti:vn| (b. 1947) — a popular American writer of frightening stories such as “Carrie” and “'Ihe Shinning". Kipling, Rudyard I'kipiny 'rAdjad| (1865-1936) — an English writer born in India. He is best known for his "lungle Book”, the poem “If” and stories for children. He received the Nobel Prize for literature in 1907. Korolev, Sergei (1906-1966) — an outstanding Russian scientist and designer. He created the famous spaceships “Vostok” and “Voshod" on which the first space travel and the first space walk were carried out. L Lawrence, T. E. I'loransl (1889-1961) — a British soldier and writer. He wrote “Seven Pillars of Wisdom” about his de.sert adventures. 138 Cultural guide I.cacock, Stephen (1869-1944) — a Canadian writer. He is known and loved internationally as a humorist. The most famous of his books are; Book of Sketches, Non.sense Novels. Leonov, Alexei (b. 1934) — a Russian cosmonaut who was the first man to take a walk in space. Levi Strauss — the name of a company which makes jeans. I.incoln, Abraham I'lirikan 'eibraham] — an American president (1861-1865). London I'lAndonI — the capital of the United Kingdom, one of the biggest and the most intere,sting cities in the world. London, Jack (1876-1916) — an American writer. His most famous books are “Martin Eden”, “The Call of the Wild” and “White Fang”. Los Angeles [Ins 'a;nct)ali:z| — the second largest city in the USA. It's on the Pacific Ocean. “Lucky Country” — Australia has been called the “Lucky Country”. Millions of people who have gone through war and poverty in their countries now enjoy peace and prosperity in Australia. M Manchester |'mientfista| — a city in England. Mary Poppins — a character in a childrens book by P. L. Travers. The film “Mary Poppins" w'as very successful. “Mayflower” (the) — the ship that took a group of English settlers to the US in 1620. McDonalds — a network of restaurants all over the world which have the same menu with hamburgers. Mercury, Freddy |'m3:kjuri| (1946-1991) — a British popular music sitiger with the group “Queen”, known for his strange clothes and exciting performances on the stage. Microsoft — the biggest company which produces computer software. Mickey Mouse — a famous mouse in the cartoons of Walt Disney. Mickey Mouse is famous all over the world and recognized as a symbol of Disney. Milky Way — a Galaxy in which the Earth and the Solar System are found. Mother Tere.sa |,тлдз Гэ'г1:/.э| (1910-1997) — a Roman Catholic nun. She worked in India and helped the poor and the sick. She started the Society of the Missionaries of Charity (бпаготворительная миссия), now an international organization. She won the Nobel Prize for Peace in 1979. N Newton, Lsaac (1642-1727) ['nju:tn '.tizokl — a great English scientist. New York |,nju: 'jo:k| — the largest city and port in the USA. New Zealand |,nju: 'zitlandj — a country in the Pacific Ocean. It's known mainly for its farming (meat, cheese and butter). The official languages are English and Maori. Nile I'naill (the) — a river in Africa, the longest in the world (6,695 kilometres long). Niagara Falls |па|'ждэгз| (the) — very large waterfalls on the border between Canada and the USA. Nobel Prize |,пэиЬе1 'pntiz| (the) — a prize (any of several prizes) given in Sweden each year to people from any country for important work in science, medicine, economics, literature and towards world peace. North America [,no:0 э'шспкэ] — one of the seven continents of the Earth. Notre Dame [.nautra 'da;m| — (or Notre Dame de Paris) is a beautiful cathedral in Paris. Napoleon Ino'paulian] (1769-1821) — the emperor of France from 1804-1815. Ontario (Dn'teariaul (the) — a lake between the USA and Canada. Ottawa I'ntawa] — the capital of Canada. One third of its people are French-speaking. Pacific Ocean |pa,sifik 'attjan| (the) — the world’s largest ocean. It covers one third of the Earth’s surface (поверхность). Pakistan |,pu:ki'sta:n| — a country in Asia. The capital is Islamabad. English is a second state language. Paris I'pterisl — the capital of France. Pemberton, J. S. — one of Coca-Cola’s creators. Peak District — a national park in Great Britain. Peru Ipa'ru:] — a country in South America. The capital is Lima. Philippines |'fili,pi:nz| (the) — a country made up of a group of over 7,000 islands in the Pacific Ocean. The capital is Manila. English is a second state language. pilgrim I'pilgrimj — a person who travels a long way to a holy place. Plymouth I'plimaG) — a city in England. 139 Cultural guide Polunin, Slava — a Russian world famous actor and clown. Prague |pra:g] — the capital of the Czech Republic. Pugacheva, Alla — a famous Russian popular music singer. Robinson, F. M. — one of Coca-Colas creators. Rodnina, Irina (b. 1949) — a world famous Russian sportswoman (a figure skater). She won Olympic medals in 1972, 1976 and 1980. Sahara [s3'hu:ra| (the) — the worlds largest desert. It is in Africa. Shaw, Irwin (1913-1984) — an American writer. His most popular book is “'Ihe Rich, the Poor". Shaw, George Bernard l'/э: ,(feo:d5 ЪзтэО) (1856-1950) — a famous Irish writer famous for his plays. His best known play is “Pygmalion". Snow White — the main character in an old fairy tale. Shcflield I'Jefiildl — an industrial city in England. St Paul’s Cathedral |snt ,pn;lz ka'Oidrall — a fine cathedral in central London. It was built (1675-1710) by Sir Christopher Wren. Stevenson, Robert Louis ['stivansan 'robot 'lu:i:| (1850-1894) — a Scottish writer whose book “Treasure Island” is among the best-known adventure stories in the world. St Valentine’s Day — (Valentine’s Day) February 14th. People send special cards to someone they love. Usually they don’t sign their names. Sydney I'sidnil — the largest city in Australia. Tereshkova, Valentina (b. 1937) — a Russian woman-cosmonaut. In 1963 she became the first woman in space when she travelled round the Earth in “Vostok-6". Ihanksgiving Day |,eaer)ks'givir) ,dei| — the fourth Thursday in November which is a public holiday in the USA. (The) Times — a national daily newspaper in Britain. Tokyo I'taokiau) — the capital of japan. It’s also the largest and the busiest city in the world. Tsiolkovsky, Konstantin (1857-1935) — a famous Rus.sian scientist. Twain, Mark |4wein 'm(tk| | American writer. His most famous books are “The Adventures of Tom Sawyer" and “The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn”. u UK |,ju: 'kei| (the) — a country in Europe. The official name of the country is the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. Usually it’s shortened to the United Kingdom or UK. The capital of the country is London. Ulanova, Galina (1909-1998) — a famous Russian ballet dancer. United States of America (United States, USA / US, America) |Ju:,nuitid ,steits av з'тспкэ| (the) — a country in North America. It consists of 50 states and the District of Columbia, where the capital (Washington) is. English is the first state language. Verne, Jules Cv3:n 'cfeu:l| (1828-1905) — a French writer who wrote science fiction. His most famous books are “Journey to the Centre of the Earth”, “Twenty Thousand Leagues Under the Sea”, “Around the World in Eighty Days”. Victory Day — national public holiday in some countries. In Russia is held on May 9th. Volga I'volga] (the) — a river in Ru.ssia, the longest river in Europe. Voltaire [vDl'tea] (1699-1778) — a French writer and philosopher. Vinci, Leonardo da {'vinlfi: ,li;a'na:dau] (1452-1519) — a famous Italian painter, inventor, engineer, architect and sculptor. w Wales |weilz| — a country in Britain. It’s capital is Cardiff. Washington ['wDjintan] D.C. — the capital of the USA. Waitangi Day — (or New Zealand Day) a national public holiday in New Zealand. It is held on February, 6th. Wellington I'w'digtanl — the capital of New Zealand. It’s the country’s second largest city and a main port. Wells, H. G. (1866-1946) — an English writer. His most famous books are “Time machine”, “ The War of the Worlds”, “Outline of History”. Wye |wai) (the) — a river in Wales and England. UO List of personal names Agnes I'aegnosl Alex I'ieliks] Alec I'aclikl Alice I'sclisl Andrew I'scndru:] Andy I'icndi] Angela I'jenct^als) Ann. Anna |жп|. |‘жпэ| В Iris I'amsl J Jane |d>ein| lason I'd^cissn] le.ss Id^esl Jim lifeiml )uan ('hwa:n| Pamela |'ржтэ1э| Polly ['pnli| Peggy I'pegil Rachel |'reit/?l| Regina |ге'ф|пэ| Rudolph I'ruidoll'l Betty I'bcli] Boylan I'boilcm] Brenda |'brands] К Kate i'kcit] L Sharon j'keron] Steven I'stiivsn] Susan I'suizanj Carol I'kieral] Caxton j'kaekstan] Pelix |Ti:liks| Prcddv ITrcdij Helen j'licbn] Linda I'lindaj Lisa |'li;/a| M Mark |mu:kj Margaret |'nia:gar9t| Martin I'lnudinj Mary I'rnearij Mike jmaikl Miriam j'mmamj Teresa |t.'i'ri:/.a| Tim jlimj Tom I mm I Tommy I'lnmij Tracey j'trcrsij c;. Harris |'ha;ns| Mr .Marlow |'ma:lau| Mrs .Swan jswDnl Mr Porter j'p.Tts] Mr Smith jsmiOj .Mr lames jcbeimzl ■Mr Brocklehurst ['bmklharrslj Miss Temple j'templj Miss Reeds |rl:dz| Fred Brooks jbruksj Lena Carrington |,li:na'kxriiitanj Bill Barrington j.bil 'bicrinlanj Tracey Donniall j.ireisi 'donmalj Bernie Summers [,bi:ni 'ssmazj Miriam Mackley |,miriam 'ma;kli:| " mrf JU 141 List of geographical names 1 Alps ['a:lps] (the) — Альпы Amason ['жтэгэп) (the) — Амазонка Amsterdam [,£emslo'dasm| — Амстердам Antarctica [ien'ta:klikD| — Антарктида Arctic Ocean [,a:ktik 'Dujsn] (the) — Северный Ледовитый океан Asia ('е|/э| — Азия Atlantic Ocean Ist'laciitik 'эо/эп] (the) — Атлантический океан Australia |os'treili3| — Австралия Austria I'DStriD] — Австрия В Bahamas (bo'hoimozl (the) — Багамские острова Baikal |Ъа1ка:1| (the) — Байкал Belarus |Ъе1згл5| — Беларусь Belgium |Ъе1сЬзт| — Бельгия Berlin |,Ьз:'1|н|— Берлин Bermuda |b3'mju:d3| — Бермудские острова Black Sea l.blask 'si:| (the) — Черное море Bombay |ЬптЪс|| — Бомбей Bulgaria |ЬлГдсэпэ| — Болгария Canada ('kcensdsl — Канада Canberra ГкшпЬэгз| — Канберра Caspian Sea |,kicspi3ii 'si:| (the) — Каспийское море Challenger Deep (.Ifielindsa 'di:p| — впадина Челенджер Chicago |.ГГки:дЭ1г| — Чикаго Czech Republic |l)'ek п'рлЬ1|к| (the) — Чехия Denmark |'dcnmu:k| — Дания Elbrus Icl'bnxsl — Эльбрус England I'lnglandl — Англия Europe |')чзгзр| — Европа Everest I'evarsstI — Эверест Finland |'Гш1зпб| — Финляндия France |fra:ns| — Франция (iermany I'djimisnil — Германия Greece |gri:s| — Греция H Helsinki |'hclsiitki| — Хельсинки Hungary I'lugganl — Венгрия Iceland |'aisbnd| — Исландия India I'lndisj — Индия Indian Ocean I'indian 'aujan) (the) — Индийский океан Ireland |'ai3l3nd| — Ирландия Italy |'it3li| — Италия L I.ondon |'1лпбзн| — Лондон Los Angeles (Ins ':dio| — соответственно achievement [o'ljiivmant] — достижение across |a'kms| — через act |cCkt| — играть, разыгрывать action I'lekjan] — действие activity |rek'tiviti| — деятельность actor I'icktal — актер actually I'xkt/ualil — на самом деле, действительно ad |cCd| — краткая форма от advertisement add |a:d| — добавлять addicted |3'diktad| — быть зависимым от чего-либо address |эУгся| — адрес adjective ('xdjiktivj — имя прилагательное adult I'lcdAltl — взрослый advance (ad'vcunsi — движение вперед in advance — заранее advantage (adVamtidsI — преимущество adventure |3d'vent('D| — приключение adverb |'sedv3:b| — наречие advert [’;edv3:t] — реклама, объявление advertisement liedVsdismantl — реклама, объявление advice |3d'vais| — совет, советы (только в ед. числе) АЕ = American English — американский английский язык afraid |a'freid| — испуганный to be afraid of— бояться чего-либо African-American [,<вГпкэп э'тепкэп! — афро-американец(нка) after |'a:fta| — после afternoon [,а:Лэ'пи:п| — время после полудня again |э'деп| — опять, снова against la'gensti — против age |е!сЙ — возраст^век 1/ 144 for г^М'— дал гое вфем;|^ li aged I'eidsidl — пожилой, старый ago [o'goo] — тому назад agree |a'gri:| — соглащаться Ah! |а:| — восклицание air |еэ| — воздух airplane |'еэр1ст| — самолет airport ['еэрэд] — аэропорт alarm (э'1а:гп| — тревога; тревожиться alcohol |‘а:1кэЬп1| — алкоголь alive la'Iaiv] — живой all [о:1] — весь, вся, всё, все allow [з'1аи| — разрешать almost ['Ddmsust) — почти alone |э'1эип| — один, одинокий along la'Inol — вдоль, по aloud [s'laud] — громко, вслух aiphabetic(al) |д;1кз'Ьемк(э1)| — алфавитный already [adVedi] — уже also |'o;ls3uj — тоже, также always |'d:1wiz| — всегда am |ei'em| — утро до обеда am |aem, эт| (to be) — глагол-связка amaze [s'meiz] — удивлять amazing Is'meizii}] — удивительный ambition |aem'bij3n| — амби1тия ambitious Ism'bijasl — амбициозный among(st) |3'mAo(st)| — среди, посреди, между amount la'maunt] — сумма, количество; составлять amuse [s'mjuiz] — развлекать, забавлять ancient ['einjont] — древний, старинный and [tend, and| — и anger |'а:г)дэ] — гнев angry I'aeogtil — сердитый, раздражительный animal |'геп1тэ1| — животное animated ['%nimeitid| — живой ~ cartoon — мультфильм anniversary |,SEni'v3:s3ri| — юбилей, дата announcement |з'паипзтзт] — провозглашение, объявление another |э'пАдэ| — еще один, другой answer |'a;ns3| — ответ; отвечать antipollution |,1спирз'1и:/зп1 — противостоящий загрязнению среды any I'cni) — какой-нибудь, сколько-нибудь, любой anymore |'еп1тз:| — больше anyone |’eniwAn| — всякий, кто-нибудь anything I'cniOir)! — что-нибудь, что-либо anyway |'cniwci| — во всяком случае apart |o'pu:t] — в стороне, отдельно, кроме Vocabulary apologize [a'pnlactjaiz] — извиняться appealing |3'pi:liQ| — привлекательный, притягательный appear |э'р|э| — появляться appreciate |3'pri:Jieul — ценить appropriate |э'ргэиргзэ11 — подходящий April I'eipral] — апрель architect |'a:kitekt) — архитектор architecture |'u:kitektj3| — архитектура Arctic |'a:ktik| — Арктика; арктический are |u:| (to be) — глагол-связка area I'eanol — площадь, пространство, район argue ru:gjii:| — спорить armchair |'а:т((ёэ| — кресло army |'u:mi| — армия around la'raondl — вокруг, кругом arrange |э'гетс()| — устраивать, договариваться arrest lo'resti — арест; арестовывать arrive IsVaivj — приезжать, прибывать article |'а:пкэ11 — артикль, статья as |asz, 3z| — как ash |агЛ — пепел ashamed (oXeimdl — стыдящийся to be ashamed of — стыдиться чего-либо ask |ask| — спрашивать, просить asleep |з'$М:р| — спящий assistance |3'sist3ns| — помощь, поддержка assistant lo'sisianl) — помощник, ассистент astronaut I'atstron.Ttl — астронавт, космонавт at |;et, 3t| — за, на, в ate |el, eil| — past tense от eat atmosphere |';ctm3sfi3| — атмосфера attack |3'tiek| — нападение; нападать, атаковать attend lo’tendl — посещать attention lo'tcnj'anl — внимание attentive [o'tentiv] — внимательный attitude I'tcttijirdl — отношение attract |3'tr;ckt| — привлекать, притягивать attraction |3'trieKl3il| — развлечение, аттракцион attractive |3'tra:ktive| — привлекательный August |b:g3st| — август aunt la:iit| — тетя Australian |D'slrcili3n| — австралиец, австралийский author |'з©э| — автор, писатель autumn ('3:t3m| — осень average |'atv3rufc| — средний, в среднем avoid |3'v3id| — избегать award |3'w3:d| — награда; присуждать что-либо away |3'wci| — прочь awful Гэ:161к—ужасный, шокирунШий в baby I'beibi] — ребенок babysit I'bcibisitl — присматривать за ребенком back (Ьагк| — спина; назад, обратно backdrop |ba:kdn)p| = background background |'baekgraund| — предшествующий(ие) опыт / условия bad [b®d] (worse, worst) — плохой badly |'b®dli| — плохо bag [b®g| — сумка, портфель ball |Ьэ:1| — мяч banana [Ьэ'па:пэ| — банан bang [Ьжг)| — ударить(ся), шлспнуть(ся) bar |Ьо;| — батончик (шоколадный) based |beist| — основанный basis I'beisisl — основа basketball ['baskilbo:!] — баскетбол ВВС |,bi: Ы: 'si:| = British Broadcasting Corporation BE = British English — британский английский язык be lbi:| (was, were, been) — быть, находиться, являться beach lbi:tf] — побережье, берег, пляж beam |bi:m| — луч (света) beard [bi3d| — борода beautiful |Ъ]и:п1э1| — красивый, прекрасный beauty |Ъju;ti| — красота, красавица because jbi'kozl — потому что, так как become |Ь|'клт| (became, become) — становиться becoming 1Ь|'клтпл| — подходящий (идущий к лицу) bed |bed| — кровать bee |bi:| — пчела before 1Ь|'Гэ:| — до, прежде чем begin |bi'gm| (began, begun) — начинать beginning jbi'gimoj — начало behalf lbi‘ha:f| (on behalf of someone) — от имени кого-либо behave [br'licivj — вести себя, поступать behind |bi'h:und| — за, позади being I'bitiol (human being) — существование, живое существо believe |bi'li:v| — верить, думать belong (bi'lDoI — принадлежать below |bi'l3ul — ниже, внизу besides |bi'said/| — кроме, помимо best (best) (cm. good) — са.мый лучший better I'bcta] (cm. good)— лучше between |'bilwi;n| — между Bible I'buibal] (the) — Библия bicycle I'baisikol) — велосипед Ld 145 146 Vocabulary big jbigl — большой biggest-selling — пользующийся наибольшим спросом bike [baik] = bicycle — велосипед billion I'biljon] — биллион (амер. миллиард) binoculars Ibi'nnkjubz] — бинокль bin IbinJ — контейнер для мусора biological |,Ьн1э'1пфкэ1| — биологический biology (bai'nlxbil — биология bird |b3:d| — птица birthday |'b'j:Odei| — день рождения biscuit |Ъlsklt| — печенье bit [bit] (a bit oO — кусочек black |bll — перемена, изменение, сдача; .менять, изменять changeable |'lfeintj^3bl| — изменчивый, переменчивый channel Г(Г;сп1| — канал character |'k;crikta| — характер, персонаж characterize |'k;ernktsraiz| — давать характеристику charity Ctkenlil — благотворительность cheap |t/i;p| — дешевый check — проверять; проверка, контроль to check out — выписываться (из гостиницы) cheese [lji:z| — сыр cheinic(al) |'кспик(э1)| — химический chemicals I'kemikalzl — хи.микаты chemistry I'keniistri] — химия cheque |tjck| — чек chess |tfcs| — шахматы chest (tjest) — грудная клетка chicken |'tjikin| — цыпленок child Itfaild) — ребенок childhood ['lfaildhtid| —детство childish |'(faildi.r| — детский, ребячливый childline |'ljaildlain| — телефон для помощи детя.м и подросткам children |'tfildran| —дети chips [ijips] — чипсы, хрустящий жареный картофел>^ Vocabulary chocolate [ЧГок1п| — шоколад choice Itfnis] — выбор choking Ctjaukiril — удушье, душный choose |tfu:z| (chose, chosen) — выбирать Christmas |'knsmas| — Рождество church |(Г'):(П — церковь cigarette l.sigaVet] — сигарета cinema ('sinimaj — кино, кинотеатр circle |s3:klj — круг; обводить circumstance |'s3:kamsta:ns| — обстоятельство, условие circus |'$3:kas| — цирк city I'siti) — город (большой) class |klu:s| — класс; урок classical |'klicsiknl| — классический classify I'klicsifail — классифицировать classmate |'kla:smeit| — однокласошк, одноклассница classroom |'klu:snjni| — классная комната clean |'kli:n| — чистый clean-up — убирать, делать уборку clear I'kha] — ясный, чистый, понятный clever I'kleva) — умный cliff I'kltf] — скала, утес climate ['klairntt) — климат climb [klatm| — взбираться вверх clock |klnk| — часы (настенные) 6 o’clock — 6 часов close (kbusl — близко; близкий close Iklaozj — закрывать clothes [kbiidz) — одежда clothing I'klatHliol — одежда cloud jklaud] — облако, туча cloudless I'kIaudlasI — безоблачный cloudy I'klatidij — облачный; облачно club |к1лЬ| — клуб CNN |,si:cn'en| = Cable News Network coast |k30st| — побережье coastline |'kaustlain| — береговая линия coat |koul| — пал1)То, пиджак coffee I'knfi] — кофе coin |knm| — монета cold |k3uld| — холодный; холодно to catch / have a cold — простудиться collect |ka1ekt| — коллекционировать, собирать, забирать collective |кз'1екиу| — коллективный colour / color ['кл1з| — цвет, краска coloured |'кл1зб| — ]1ветной colourful ('кл1эГз1| — яркий, ра.зноцветный column I'knbml — столбец, колонка combination [,kDnibi'neiJbn| — сочетание, ко.мбинация 147 Vocabulary combine [karn'baml — сочетать, комбинировать come 1клт| (came, come) — приходить, приезжать comedy |'kmiiidi| — комедия comfortable |'клтГо1оЫ| — удобный, уютный, комфортабел ьн ы й comment ('komontj — высказывать мнение, комментировать commentator ['komanteitoj — комментатор common |'котэп| — общий, обычный communicate [ka'mju:nikeil] — общаться, сообщать communication [кэ,т)и:п|'ке1Гэп] — общение, связь companion (ksm'psenjani — собеседник, компаньон company |'клтрэп1] — компания, общество compare |кэт'реэ| — сравнивать compete |кзт'р1:1| — соревноваться, состязаться competition |,kDmpi'tiJi>n| — соревнование, конкурс complain [кот'р1еш| — жаловаться complete |кзт'рИД| — завершать, заканчивать complex I'knmplcksl — сложный comprehension [,котрп'11сп/эп| — понимание computer |кзт'р)и;1э| — компьютер concern |kon's3:n| — забота; заботиться, касаться concert I'knnsat) — концерт conclusion |кэп'к1изп| — заключение, решение conditional |кэпУ|/эпэ1| — условный; сослагательное наклонение conditions [ksn'difanz] — положение вещей, условия conference ['konlbrons] — конференция confess [kon'fes] — признаваться conflict I'konfliktl — ссора, конфликт connect |ka'nekt| — связывать, объединять consequence |'knnsikvv3ns| — следствие, последствие, результат conservative |кэп'ьз;хэИу| — консервативный consist (kan'sistl (оО — состоять (из) construct |kon'strAkt| — возводить, сооружать contact ['komsektl — контакт; соединять, связывать(ся) contain |кэп'1е1п| — содержать, вмещать container [kan'teinol — контейнер, емкость content I'komenll — содержание context ['knnleksll — контекст continent I'kniitincnil — континент continue Ikan'tinju:) — продолжать, продлевать continuous [kan'tinjuasi — непрерывный, длительный Q contribute Ikon’tribjuit) (to) — вносить вклад (в) control Ikon'trattll — проверка, контроль; проверять, управлять convenient |kan'vi:nj3nt| — удобный conversation [,konv3'sei)bn| — разговор convince [kon'vinsl — убеждать convincing IkanVinsipl — убедительный, убеждающий cook |kuk| — повар; готовить (еду) cookbook ['kukbukl — поваренная книга cool |ku:l) — прохладный, модный copy I'kopi) — переписывать, копировать copybook I'kopibukl — тетрадь (для упражнений) corn |кэ:п| — кукуруза popcorn — воздушная кукуруза corner 1'кэ:пэ| — угол corporation |,кэ:рэ'гс1.Гэп| — корпорация correct |кэ'гек(| — исправлять; правильный correspondent l.kDris'pnndantI — корреспондент corruption |кэ'глр|'эп| — коррупция, нечестное поведение cos = because — потому что cosmonaut |'когтэпз:1| — космонавт советский / российский, астронавт could |кгк1| — мог count |kaum| — считать countable I'kauntabl) — исчисляемый country |'клшг1| — страна, сельская местность countrymen |'клп(г1тэп| — сельские жители countryside I'kAiilrisaid) — сельская местноез ь, деревня courage |'кАГк(5| — смелость, отвага courageous Ikbrcid^as] — отважный, бесстрашный course |ko:s| — курс of course — конечно court |кэ:1| — корт (теннисный) cousin |kAzn| — двоюродный(ая) брат / сестра cover I'kAva] — укрывать, покрывать crack |кга;к| — трещина, треск; трещать, образовывать трещины crash IkraeJ'l — столкновение, авария; ударяться шумно и сильно crater |'кгеПэ| — кратер, воронка (от бомбы) create |kri'cit| — творить, создавать creative |kri'ciliv| — творческий creature |kri;lfo| — существо (живое) crime |kra]m| — преступление criminal I'kriminall — преступник crocodile I'kroksdail) — крокодил cross |krns| — пересекать, переходить crossword |'kn)s,W3;d| — кроссворд crowd |kraud| — толпа 148 Vocabulary crowded ['kraudid) — переполненный, загруженный crucial Гкпф1| — решающий, главный cruel ['kru:sl| — жестокий, безжалостный crust [krASt] — корка, твердый поверхностный слой cry |krai| — крик, плач; кричать, плакать cultural ('кл1уЬго1| — культурный culture |’кл11|о| — культура cunning Гклто) — хитрый сир |клр| — чашка, кубок cure |kjuo| — лечебное средство; излечивать curious I'kjtjsnasl — любопытный custom I'kAStamj — обычай cut 1кл1| — резать, рубить cycle Isaikll — ездить на велосипеде dad |dicd| — папа daily I’deilil — ежедневный, ежедневно damage |'diemiife| — разрушение; разрушать, вредить dance |da:ns| — танец; танцевать danger I'demtfeal — опасность dangerous rdeinctssras] — опасный dark |du:k| — темный; темно date |dcit| — дата daughter |'d.i:ia] — дочь day |dci| — день deal |di;l| — иметь дело, торговать dear |dp| — дорогой, глубокоуважаемый death |dcO| — смерть deceitful |di'si;in| — обманчивый December |di'seniba| — декабрь decide |di'said) — решать decision [di'sijanl — решение decorate I'dckareitl — украшать deep [di:p| — глубокий defend |di'fcnd| — защищать dehnite |'definil| — определенный, точный definition |,defi'nifDn| — определение degree |di'gri:| — степень, градус delighted |diiaitid| — радостный, довольный demand |di'mu:nd| — требование, требовать depend Idi'pcnd) (on) — зависеть (от) dependent Idi'pendani] — зависимый describe ldi'skraib| — описывать description Idi'skripjan] — описание desert |'dezat| — пустыня desert |di'z3:t| — опустошать deserve |di'Z8:v] — заслуживать _ Г- design [dfzainj — проект, pMcyHOkj J~ проектировать, создавать desk (desk) — парта, письменный стол destroy Idi'stroi] — разрушать, уничтожать destruction |di'strAkJan| — разрушение, уничтожение destructive [di'strAktivI — разрушительный detailed |'di;ieild| — подробный, детальный detective Idl'lektiv] — сыщик, детектив; детективный develop [diVclapI — развивать(ся) development |di'vclapniant| — развитие devil I'devl) — дьявол, черт dialog(ue) I'daialngl — диалог, разговор diameter |dai';emita| —' диаметр dictionary |'dikjanari| — словарь (книги) die [dai] — умереть diet |dai3t| — диета, соблюдать диету difference I'difarcnsl — разница, различие different |'d]forent| — различный differently I'difaranllil — по-разному, различно difficult I'difikolll — трудный difficulty I'difikolti) — трудность, затруднение dinner I'dinal — обед direct |di'rckl| — прямой; направлять(ся) directions |di'rckJoiis| — указания dirty |Уз:11| — грязный disabled |dis'eibold| — инвалид disadvantage |,dis3d'va:nli<^5| — недостаток disagree |,dis3'gri:| — не соглашаться, ссориться disappear |,d]sa'pia| — исчезать, скрываться disapprove |,dis3'pru;v| — не одобрять disaster [di'za;st3| — бедствие, несчастье disastrous |di'za:stros| — бедственный, разрушительный disc |disk| — дискета discipline |'disiplm| — дисциплина, порядок disco I'diskaul — дискотека discover jdis'kAVo] — открывать, делать открытие discovery |dis'kAV3ri| — открытие discrimination |di,skrimi'nei|'3n| —дискриминация, угнетение discuss Idi'skAs] — обсуждать discussion [di'skAfan] — дискуссия, обсуждение disease jdi'zf.zl — болезнь dislike |dis'laik] — не любить disposing Idi'spauziol — уничтожение distance I'distons] — дистанция, расстояние district I'distnkt] — район, округ dive |daiv| (dove)— нырять do (du:| (did, done) — делать, выполнять, поступать [ doctor I'dokta] — доктор, врач 149 Vocabulary documentary l.dDkju'mcntsril — документальный (фильм или радиопередача) does |d.\z| — см. do dog (dogi — собака dollar I'dnbl — доллар domestic |do'meslik| — домашний door |d.T| — дверь doubt |d;uil| — сомнение; сомнительный doubtless I'daullisl — без сомнения down |daun| — вниз, внизу dramatic(al) |dra'ma;lik(.->l)| — драматический draw |dr.T:| (drew, drawn) — рисовать; привлекать drawing I'droiiol — рисование; рисунок dream ldri:m| (dreamt) — .мечта, сон; мечтать dress |drcs| — платье; одевать(ся) drink Idripkl (drank, drunk) — пить drive |draiv| (drove, driven) — вести машину drop |drop| — бросать, ронять drought Idrautl — .засуха drug Idragl — лекарство, наркотик dry |drai| — сухой, cy.xo duck |блк| — утка during I'djiianol — на протяжении, во вре.мя duty |'dju:li| — обязанность each |i:ir| — каждый each other — друг друга, друг другу early |'3:li| — ранний, рано earn |з;п| — зарабатывать ear |'io| — ухо Earth |i:G| — Земля earthquake |'3:0kweik| — землетрясение east |i:st| — восток easy |'i:zi| — легкий, легко eat |i:t| (ale, eaten) — есть, кушать eclipse li'klips) — затмить ecologic(al) |,i:k3'lixt5ik(3l)| — .экологический ecology |i'knlact5i| — .экология economic(al) |,cka'nnmik(al)| — экономный, эконом и чес к и вы год н ы й economy |Гкопэгп1| — экономия, экономика edge |ec|5] — кромка, край educate |'edjukeil| — давать образование educated |,edju'kcitid| — обра.зованный education [,cdjij'kei('an| — образование educational I.edjo'keijanal] — образовательный effect |i'fekt| — эффект, результат, влияние effort I'efat) — усилие, попытка egg |egl — яйцо eight |citl — восемь either |'ai6a| — любой (ил двух), каждый, также electricity |,ilek'trisiti| — элекгричество elementary |,е1Гтетэг1| — эле.мснтарный, простой elephant |'clit'ant| — слон eleven |i'lcvan| — одиннадцать else |els| — еще e-mail |'i:meil| —электронная почта, электронное сообщение emblem |'етЫзт| — эмблема, символ emergency |i'm3:(}53nsi| — крайняя необходимость, непредвиденный случай, авария emperor |'етрэгэ1 — император empty I'empti) — пустой, незначительный encourage |1п'клпс|^| — поо1црять, подбадривать encouragement |in'k.\ricfemont| — поддержка, поощрение encyclopedia |en,saikb'pi;di3| — энциклопедия end lend) — конец, окончание; заканчивать endangered |in‘deinctj3d| — находящийся под угрозой вы.зтрания или уничтожения enduring |in'dju3rir)| — выживание enemy I'ensmi) — враг, противник energy I'enatfei) — энергия, сила engine |'entfein| — двигатель engineer |,спф‘тэ| — инженер English I'lrtglifl — английский, англичанин(ка), английский язык English-speaking — англоговорящий enjoy |in'ffpi| — получать удовольствие, наслаждаться enjoyable |in'dpi3b3l| — приятный, доставляющий удовольствие enough ||’п.сГ| — довольно, достаточно entitle |in'taill| — озаглавливать, давать название envelope |'cnv3bitp| — конвср'1 envious |'envi3s| — :завистливый environment |in'vai3rnnm3iit| — окружающая среда environmental |in,vai3ron'mcntl| — связанный с окружающей средой equal ['i;kwnl| — равный, одинаковый equally |'i:kwoli| — равным образо,м equivalent li'kwivolantl — эквивалент eruption ||'глр)эп| — извержение (вулкана) especially |is'pefali| — особенно, специально essay I'eseil — очерк, эссе, сочинение etc |,el's3t3ro| — и так далее Europe I'juarapI — Европа 150 European IJuara'phan] — европейский, европеец evacuate li'vaekjueitj — эвакуировать evacuation |iv®kju'ei/n| — эвакуация eve |i:v] — канун even |’i:v3n| — даже evening I'irvniol — вечер event |i'vent| — событие: вид (спорта) ever I'eva] — когда-либо every ('evri| — каждый, всякий everybody I'cvribodi) — все, каждый (человек) everyday |’evridei| — повседневный, ежедневный everyone |'cvriwAn| — каждый (человек), все до одного everything I'cvriOioI — все everywhere |'cvriwc3| — всюду, везде exaggeration |ig,znx^'rcij3n| — преувеличение exam |ig'/a;m| — экзамен examination |ig,za:mrncijan| — экзамен example |ig'/o:mpl| — пример except |ik'scpl| — кроме, за исключением exchange |iks'tjcinct;| — обмен; обменивать(ся) exciting lik'suitiol — вызывающий интерес, волнующий exclusion |iks'klu53n| — исключение exercise book I'eksssaiz buk] — тетрадь (для упражнений) exhibition |,екм'Ь1/зп| — выставка exist |ig'zist| — существовать exotic |ig'znlik| — экзотический expect |ik'spekt| — ожидать, надеяться, предполагать expedition |,ckspi'dijan| — экспедиция expensive lik'spcnsiv| — дорогой (no цене) experience |[k'spianans| — опыт, испытание expert |'eksp3:t| — эксперт, человек со специальными знаниями explain |ik'splein| — объяснять, пояснять explanation |ikspb'ncifan| — объяснение exploration |,ekspb'reif3n| — изучение, исследование explore |ik‘spb:| — исследовать, изучать express |ik'spres| — выражать expression |ik'spre/3n| — выражение extend |ik'stcnd| — простираться; тянуться; длиться extra I'eksiral — дополнительный, экстра..., сверх... extinct lik'stigkt) — вымирающий extract I'ekslrecktl — отрывок (из текста) eye |ai] — глаз Vocabulary face [feis] — лицо fact |fa:kt| — факт, событие, обстоятельство factory I'faektari] — фабрика, завод Fahrenheit I'beranhait] — шкала температур по Фаренгейту faint (feintl — падать в обморок; слабый fair Ifeaj — ярмарка; справедливый fairy tale ITesriteil) — сказка fairytale |'fc3ritcil| — сказочный fall |Гз;1| (fell, fallen) — падать false |f3:ls| — неверный, фальшивый family I'fasmilil — се.мья famous I'feimas) — знаменитый fang |fa:r|| — клык fan |faen| — (разе.) болельщик, фанат(ка) fantastic |fa:n'ta:stik| — фантастический, превосходный far |fa:| — далекий, далеко farm |fa:m| — ферма farmer |‘fa:mo| — фермер fashion |'Га:/зп| — мода, фасон fashionable |Тгс/эпэЫ| — модный fast [fast] — быстрый, быстро fat |f;et| — жир; толстый, жирный fate |feit| — судьба father |'1а:дз| — отец, папа favourite |'fetv3ritj — любимый fax |fa:ks| — факс fear Ifio) — страх; бояться feature I'filfal — черта (характера), черты лица February ГГеЬгизп) — февраль federation |,fedo'rei/3n| — федерация feed |fi:d| (fed) — кормить feel |fi:l| (felt) — чувствовать feeling |Ti;lloI — чувство, ощущение feet Ifi:tl — (cm. foot) ноги fence |fens| — изгородь, забор few |l]u;| — несколько, немного fiction I'fikjan] — художественная литература, художественное произведение field |fi:ldl — поле, луг, поле деятельности fifteen (,fifti:n| — пятнадцать fifty I'fiflil — пятьдесят fight |fait| (fought) — бороться, сражаться figure I'figal — цифра, фигура fill |fil| (in) — заполнять (пропуск) film |film| — пленка, фильм; снимать фильм final I'fainall — последний, заключительный, финальный finally ['fainslij — в конце концов, в заключение financial |Га|'паеп/з1| — финансовый 151 Vocabulary find |faind| (found) — находить find out — выяснять, обнаруживать fine Ifainl — хороший, прекрасный finish I'finiJI — финиш; заканчивать Finnish rfmij'l — финский fire |fai3| — огонь, пожар fireman |'Га1ЭП1Эп| — пожарный firm |f3:m| — жесткий, твердый, строгий; фирма first |f3:st| — первый, сначала fish Ifi/I — рыба; удить рыбу fit 1Гп| — подходить to be fit — быть в хорошей форме fitness I'fitnis) (club) — центр здоровья five |faiv| — пять five-minute — пятиминутный flash 1Па;/| — вспышка; сверкать flight |flait| — полет, рейс (самолета) float |fl3ut| — плыть на поверхности, скользить по воде flood |fl.\d| — наводнение flowerbed I'flaiKibadl — клумба (цветочная) flu [Пи;| — (разе.) грипп fly |flai| (flew, flown) — летать, улетать foam |1эит| — пена focus I'faukasI — зд. внимание на... foggy I'fogi] — туманный folk |f3uk| — народный follow I'fnldul — следить, следовать за following 1'Го1эипз1 — следующий food |fu:d| — еда, пища foot (full (pi. feet)— нога football |Tutb3:l| — футбол footpath |'futp>a:0| — тропинка for |fo:|, |fa| — для, в течение какого-то времени force |fo:s| — сила; заставлять forecast |'f3:ku:st| — прогноз погоды foreign I't'nnnl — иностранный, чужой forest I'fnrisll — лес forget |Гэ'де1| (forgot, forgotten) — забывать forgive |fo'giv| (forgave, forgiven) — прощать form |lb:m| — класс, форма former |Тя:п1з| — бывший, прежний fortunately |'1Ь:(Гзпя1И| — к счастью forward |’(h:w3d| — форвард; вперед, дальше foul Ifaul] — пачкать, загрязнять foundation IfainVdcifanl — основание, фундамент, фонд four |1Ъ:| — четыре fourteen |fb:'ti:n| — четырнадцать fourth (1Ьй| — четвертый fragile |'fr;ediail| — хрупкий France |fru:ns| — Франция free [fri:] — свободный, бесплатный freedom l'fri:d3m| — свобода freeze lfri;zl — замерзать French [frent/l — французский, французский язык, француз(женка) fre.sh Ifrcfl — свежий, чистый, новый Friday |'fraidi| — пятница fridge Ifnd^l — холодильник friend |frcnd| — друг, подруга friendly I'frendlil — дружелюбный, дружеский friendship |'frendfip| — дружба frighten I'fraitnl — пугать frightening |'fraitiin.i| — пугающий from Ifrom] — от, из front |frAnt| — передний in front of — перед fruit |frii:t| — фрукты, плоды full |ful| — полный fumes |tju:mz| — пары, испарения fun |Г\п| — удовольствие, веселье to have fun — получать удовольствие function |Тлг)к/эп| — функция, назначение functional |'Глг|к/эпэ1| — функциональный funnel |Тлп1| — воронка funny |'f\ni| — с.мешной, забавный furniture rf3;nit/a| — мебель further |Тз;дэ| — дальще, дальнейщий future I'Ouitfsl — будущий, будущее galaxy I'gaebksi] — галактика; галактический gallery I'gaslaril — галерея game |geim| — игра garage 1'джги:з| — гараж garbage |'gu:bict5| — мусор garden |'gu:dn| — сад, огород gas Igaes] — i-аз gather 1'дждэ! — собирать(ся) general I'cfsenarsll — общий in general — в общем generally I'cfeensrolil — обычно, в общем generation lidjena'reifanl — поколение, люди одного возраста geographical |,ф51э'дгаеЛкэ1| — географический geography (cfji'Dgrofil — география German 1'ф53:тэп| — немецкий; не.мецкий язык get [get] (got) — получать; понимать to get along (with smb) — ладить (c кем-либо) to get up — вставать (утром) ghost Igaust] — привидение girl (дз:1) — девочка, девушка gist Icfeist) — суть, основное содержание 152 give |giv| (gave, given) — давать glad |gla:d| — радостный to be glad — радоваться glass lgla:s| — стекло glasses I'glasizJ — очки go |gau| (went, gone) — идти, ехать goat |gaut| — коза, козел (iod |gnd] — Бог gold Igauld) — золото, золотой golf Igolt'l — гольф (игра) good |gud| (better, best) — хороший, подходящий goods |gudz| — товары grammar |'дгагтэ] — грамматика; грамматический grammatically [дгэ'тжпкэИ] — в грамматическом отношении grandpa ['graenpu:] — (разг.) дедушка grandparents I'graend.pearontsI — бабушка и дедушка grass |gra:s| — трава graze [greiz] — пастись great [greil] — великий, большой greedy |'gri:dil — жадный green lgri:n| — зеленый grey Igrei] — серый gripping Pgraipiol — захватывающий ground Igraund] — земля group lgru:pl — группа; группировать grow |дгзи| (grew, grown) — расти, выращивать grown-up |,дгсип'лр| — взрослый guess |ges| — догадываться guest |gest| — гость, гостья guide |gaid| — гид guidebook |'gaidbuk| — путеводитель, руководство guidelines |'gaidlainz| — указания guitar Igi'to:] — гитара gun lg.\n| — огнестрельное оружие gunpowder |'gAn,pauda| — черный порох Н habit I'hasbit] — привычка hair [heaj — волосы half |ha:f| — половина hall |ho;l| — зал, холл hamburger ['ЬжтЬз:дэ| — гамбур|-ер hand [haend] — рука; протягивать handbook ['hcendbokl — справочник, руководство happen |'Ьа:рэп| — случаться, происходить Vocabulary happening |'Нагрэп1Г)| — событие, случай happy ('hiepij — счастливый hard (ha:d| — твердый, трудный, усердно hardly |'ha:dli| — едва, с трудом hardworking ('ha;d,w3:kir)] — трудолюбивый harmless |'ha:mbs| — безвредный, безобидный has |htez] — (см. have) имеет hate [heit| — ненавидеть have |haev| (had) — иметь he [hi:| — он head |hed| — голова, начальник heading |'hediQ| — заголовок, рубрика headline I'hedlainj — заглавие health |hel9| — здоровье healthy ['helOi] — здоровый hear |1пэ| (heard) — слышать heartless |'ha:tlis| — бессердечный, безжалостный heat |hi:t| — жара heavily |'hevili| — сильно heavy |'hevi| — тяжелый (no весу) helicopter |'hcliknpt3| — вертолет help I help] — помощь; помогать her [h3:) — её, ей, (о) ней here [hi3| — здесь, сюда hero |'Ь|ЭГЭ1)| — герой, героиня herself |h3:'self] — (она) сама Hi! Ihai| — (разе.) Привет! hide |haid| (hid, hidden) — прятать(ся) high |hai| — высокий, высоко hill |htl| — холм him |him| — его, ему, им, (о) нём himself |him'scir| — (он) сам his — его hi.storic |hi'slnrik| — исторический (имеющий историческое значение) historical Ihi'slnrikal] — исторический (связанный с историей) history I'histsri] — история hobby I'hnbil — хобби, увлечение bold Ihaold) (held) — держать(ся), удерживать hole [haul) — дыра, отверстие holiday |'hnlidei| — праздник holidays |'hnlidciz| — каникулы holy |'hc«jli| — свявтенный home |h3um| — дом, домой homeless ('houmlis| — бездомный homework |'li3umw3:k| — домашняя работа honest I'nnistj — честный, искренний honey I'luni] — мед, медовый honored I'nnnd] — заслуженный, почетный hope |li3ttp| — надежда; надеяться hopeless ('hauplis] — безнадежный 153 Vocabulary horrible I'horsbl) — ужасный horror I'hDro] — ужас, отвращение horse [has) — лошадь hospitable I'hospitabl) — гостеприимный hospital I'hnspitlj — больница host |h9usl| — хозяин (no отношению к гостю) hot |hm| — жаркий, знойный, горячий hotel IhoiJ’tcll — отель, гостиница hour |atw| — час house |hatis| — дом housework |'haiisw3:k| — работа no дому how |hau| — как, каким образом however |hati'cvo| — однако, тем не менее huge |lijii:(fe| — огромный human |'hiu:nion| — человеческий human being — человек humanity |hju:’micnili| — человечество, человечность humid I'hjiiimidl — сырой, влажный; сыро, влажно humorous |'hju:moras| — юмористический, забавный hundred I'lundrid) — сотня, сто hungry |'Илг)дг1| — голодный to be hungry — быть голодным hunt llunll — охотиться hurricane Г11лпкзп| — ураган, тайфун hurry ГИлгП — поспешность; спешить in а hurry — в спешке hurt |Нз:1| (hurt) — повредить, причинить боль I I |ai| — я icy I'aisi) — холодный, морозный; холодно, морозно idea |aj'di3| — идея ideal |ai'dial| — идеальный identify- |ai'dentitai| — опознавать, устанавливать сходство if lif| — если if-clause |kb:z| — придаточное условное предложение ignore |ig'n.T| — игнорировать, пренебрегать ill |il| — больной illustrate I'llasireit] — иллюстрировать, пояснять imagine ||'тге<Ьт| — представить, вообразить imaginary li'majd^inari] — воображаемый, нереальный importance |rm'pD;tans| — важность, значительность important 1|т‘рэ:1эт| — важный impossible |im'pns3bal| — невозможный impress (im'prcsj — производить впечатление impressive lim'prcsiv| — выразительный, производящий впечатление improve |im'pru:v| — улучшать(ся) in |in| — в include |in'klu:d| — включать, содержать в себе indeed [m'di:d| — в самом деле independence |,indi'pend3ns| — независимость independent l.indi'pendant) — независимый Indian I'lndianj (the) — индеец indicate |'indikeit| — указывать, означать individual |,indi'vu(5U3l| — личный, индивидуальный indoor |'md3:| — комнатный, находящийся внутри дома industrial [indAStriol] — промышленный industry |'ind3stri| — промышленность, производство infinitive |rn'finitiv| — инфинитив (неопределенная форма глагола) inform (in'lb:m| — информировать, С()общат1> informal ||пТэ:тэ1| — неформальный information |,1пГэ'тс1/эп| — информация informative |in'f3:m3tiv| — информативный, информационный inhabit |m'htebitl — населять inhuman |,1п1диЛпэп| — жестокий, бесчеловечный injured |'ind53d| — раненый, обиженный insect I'inscktl — насеко.мое inside |in'said| — внутри instance I'mstons] — единичный случай for instance — например instead |in'stcd| (of) — вместо intensive |m'tcnsiv| — интенсивный, напряженный interested ['intris4d| — интересующийся to be interested in — интересоваться че.м-либо interesting |'intristiQ| — интересный interest |'intnst| — интерес intergalactic |,inl3g3'Uektik| — межгалактический international |,т1з'пафпэ1| — международный internationally |,int3'nxj3n3li| — во всем мире Internet I'mtanct) (the) — Интернет interpreter |in'l3:priI3| — переводчик interrelations |,1П1эгэ'1е|/эпл| — взаимоотношения interview |'int3vju:| — интервью; брать интервью into I'lntu] — в (куда?), внутрь introduce |,intr3dju3>| — представлять, знакомить introduction |,iniradAkj3ii| — введение invade |in'vcid| — вторгаться 154 invent |in'vent| — изобретать invention |тЧеп|'зп| — изобретение investigate [in'vesiiqcit| — исследовать, тщательно изучи 1ь investigation |in,vesli'qei/3ii| — исследование invitation |,invi'teijbn| — приглашение invite lin'vaitl — приглашать is |i/| (to be) — глмоя-связка island I'ailondl — остров isles |ailz| — острова it |it| — ото, oho; его, ему, ей (зчмсияет исодуш. сущ.) italics |i'la:liks| — курсив its |its| - ее. его (с неодуш. сущ.) Vocabulary kind |kaind| — вид, разновидность; добрый, любе,зный kindly I'kamdiii — любезно kindness ('karndn.3s| — доброта, любезность king |киу| — король kingdom |'kiiidoni| — королевство kitten I'kilnl — котенок kiwi |'ki:wi:| — киви (фрукт) km — см. kilometre knock |nok| — стучат ь know |n.3()| (knew, known) — знать knowledge Гпп1|ф| — знания known (n.Ttml — известный J January I'dycnJu.Tril — январь jazz lifeiezl — джаз jealous I'ctrelasl — ревнивый, завистливый jeans Idskn/I — джинсы job |d>»b| — работа, занятие jogging |'d>ix|in| - бег трусцой join Idi-Tinl — присоединяться, встуиап. joke Khaokl — шутка; шутить journal Гс(тз;»з1| — журнал, дневник journalist |'ct)T:n.3list| — журналист journey I'd^cnil — нутешествие (сухопутное). поездка joy |d>.3i| - радость, веселье juice Itfeuisl - сок July Idiu'laij — июль jump IdvMtipl — прыжок; прыгать June Idsuail — июнь jungle |'ф\1.1дз1| — джунгли junk |d>'\0k| — барахло; бесполезный fo timnc) just |d).\sll — только что justify |'d^.\sld'ai| — подтверждать, обьяснят ь keen |ki:n| — острый to be keen on smth — очень интересоваться чем-либо keep |ki:p| (kept) — держать, хранить to keep fit — быть в хорошей физической форме key |ki:| — ключ, раз1адка kill |kd| — убивать kilo |'ki:btr| — килограмм kilogram ('kil,3qi4em| — килогра.м.м kilometre |ki'lnmiln| — километр L lab — CM. laboratory label I'Iciboll — ;зтикетка, ярлык; подиисывать картинки laboratory IkVbnratri] — лаборатория lack |kek| — HcviociaroK. отсутствие ladder |'heda| — лестница (приспихвная) lake I lei к I — о;зеро land |l;cnd| — земля language |'l;eiiqwicf;| — язык large |1и:ф,| — большой last |ki:st| — последний, прошлый; длиться, продолжа! ься late |lcit| — поздно; поздний lately I'leillil — недавно, за последнее время later I'leitn] — позже, спустя laugh |1и:Г| — смеяться laughter |‘1и:1),з| — с.мех launch |b;nt|j — .запускать, давать старт lava |ja:va| — лава lasv |b:| — :закон lay I'leil (laid) — клззсз ь, положить lazy I'lei/.il — ленивый lead |li:d| (led) — вести, руководить lead |li:d| — поводок (дпя собаки) leaf |li:f| — лист (рчспичшя), страница (книги) leafless |'М:Г1|к| — голый (бе.з листьев) leak (li:k| — течь to leak out — просачиваться learn [1з:п| (learnt) — учить, узнавать новое learner [Ъ;пэ| — тот, кто учит что-то least |li:st| — наименьший at least — по крайней мере leave |li:v| (left) — уезжать, оставлять lecture ricktl'al — лекция; читать лекцию left |left| — левый; см. leave leg (leg! — нога (от бедрч до ступни) legend I'ledpndl — легенда 155 Vocabulary less [les| — меньше lesson I'lessnj — урок let |let| (let) — позволять, разрешать letter I'leta] — буква, письмо level [ievall — уровень librarian |lai'brcari3n| — библиотекарь library I'laibrsri] — библиотека lie |Iai| — ложь, обман; лгать lie |lai| (lay, lain) — лежать, быть расположенным life llail'l — жизнь light |lail| — светлый, легкий (no весу) lightning I'laitniql — молния like |laik| — любить, нравиться; похожий, подобный; как likely I'laikli] — вероятный, подходящий limit I'limitl — граница, предел; ограничивать line |lain| — линия, черта, строка linguistic |liQ‘gwistik| — лингвистический lining llainiq] — каемка lion I'laian] — лев list |lisl| — список, перечень; перечислять listed I'lislidl — перечисленный в списке listen I'lisan) — слушать(ся) listener I'lisns] — слушатель literature |'1Цэгэ1)э| — литература litter I'lita] — мусор, мусорить little I'litll — маленький, мало (а) little — немного live |liv] — жить lizard I'lizadl — ящерица lobby ('lnbi| — холл, коридор local riawkal] — местный, локальный lock |lnk| — замок; запирать locker 1'1пкэ| — зд. шкаф lofty I'lnftil — возвышенный, высокомерный lonely I'bunli] — одинокий, уединенный long [1пг)1 — длинный, долго loo |lu:| — туалет look 11ик| (at) — смотреть (на) to look for — искать to look after — присматривать за lose |lu:z| (lost) — терять lord |b;d| — лорд, господин lorry rioril — грузовая машина lot |lm| (a lot of, lots oO — много loud |laud| — громкий loudly I'laodli] — громко love |Iav| — любовь; любить lovely I'Uvli] — симпатичный, приятный loving ['Uviql — любящий luckily I'lAkilil — удачно lucky I'lAki) — счастливый, удачливый lunch [1лтГ| — еда в середине дня (панч) М machine 1таЕ|Гкп1 — машина, станок mad Imicd) —сумасшедший made |meid]— см. make magazine |,mtcga'zi:n| — журнал magic(al) Ггпа'с^|к(э1)] — волшебный, магический mail |meil| — почта; посылать по почте main |mcm| — главный, основной mainly |'rneinli| — в основном major I'meitfeol — большой, старший таке |meik| (made) — делать, изготовлять, заставлять mammal |'пкстэ1| — млекопитающий man [mien] (pi. men) — мужчина, человек manage I'micnid^l — уметь, удаваться manager |'ma:ni1 — страница paint [peinll — краска; рисовать (красками). красить pair |рсз| — пара pamphlet |'ржтПп) — па.мфлет paper I'peipol — бумага, документ paragraph ('ржгэдгщГ] — абзац, раздел parent I'pcorant] — родитель park |pu:k| — парк; парковать (автомобиль) part |pu:t| — часть participant |pu:'tisipant| — участник 158 participate |pa:'tisipcit| — участвовать participle |'po:tisipal| — причастие (грам.) particular |pa'tlkjula| — особенный, заметный partner |'ра:1пл| — партнер party |‘pa:li| — прием гостей, вечеринка pass |pa:s) — проход: проходить, пересека! ь passage ['paesicfe) — проход, проезд passenger I’paesincfeaj — пассажир passive |'ptesiv| — пассивный passive voice — страдательный залог passport |'pa:sp."i:t| — паспорт past |pu:st| — прошедший, прошлый patient I'peilontl — пациент, больной; терпеливый pat I pact I — похлопывать paw [p,i:| — лапа pay [pei| (paid) — платить PC [,pi:'si;| = personal computer — персональный компьютер peace |pi:s| — мир pen |pen| — ручка penalty I'penllil — штраф, пенальти pen friend I'pen lrend| — друг no переписке people |'pi:p3l| — люди per |рз:| hour — ежечасно, каждый час perfect |'p3:fikl| — совершенный, прекрасный perfectly |'p3:fiklli| — совершенно performance |po'fn:m3ns| — представление, спектакль perhaps Ipa'lueps] — может быть, возможно period I'piariodI — отрезок времени, период person |'p);s3n| — человек, личность personal |'рз:5зпэ1| — личный pet |pel| — питомец, домашнее животное philosopher Ifi'Insofal — философ phone |1'эоп| — телефон; звонить по телефону photo I'faotool — фотография photographer |1з'1пугэ1э| — фотограф photograph ['1зшздга:Г| — фотография; фотографировать phrase |'frei/.| — фраза physical |Т|г1кз1| — физический physics |'fi7iks| — физика piano |pi‘ pollution |рз'1и;(зп| — загрязнение polo |'рзи1зи| — сокр. водное гюло (игра) polythene |'pnli0i:n| — полиэтилен pool |pu:l| — бассейн, лужа poor |риз| — бедный pop |рпр| — поп (о музыке) popcorn |'рпркз:п| — воздушная кукуруза popular I'pnpjulal — популярный population |,pnpju'lei|3n| — население port |pD:t| — порт position Ipo'ziJonI — позиция, положение positive I'pnzitivl — положительный possibility l.posi'bilitil — возможность possible |'рпмЬз1| — возможный possibly I'pDSlblij — возможно post |p3ust| — почта; отправлять по почте postcard |'p3ustka:d| — открытка poster |'p3USt3| — плакат; афиша pound I'paundj — фунт (единица веса); фунт стерлингов (денежная единица) pour |рэ:| — лить power |'раиэ| — власть, сила, энергия powerful |'pau3ful| — сильный, .мощный practice I'praektis] — практика practise |'pr®ktis| — практиковаться pray Гргам] — .молиться 159 Vocabulary predict Ipn'dikll — предсказывать prediction Ipri'dikjanl — предсказание prefer (рп'Гз:] — предпочитать prepare |pri'pca| — готовить(ся), подготавливать(ся) preposition |,prepa'zi/an| — предлог presence I'prezans) — присутствие present I'prezant) — подарок; настоящий present Ipri'zent) — дарить, преподносить president I'prezidant] — президент press I pres] — пресса; давить pressure l'preja| — давление pretend [pn'tend) — притворяться pretty I'prtti) — хорошенький, прелестный prevent Ipri'vent] — предотвращать, мешать prevention |pri'venjan| — предотвращение, предупреждение principal I'prinsipsl) — начальник, главный print [print) — печатать printer ['prints] — печатник private [’praivit] — частный, личный prize [praiz] — премия, приз probably ['probabli) — вероятно problem ['pmblam] — проблема, задача process [’prsoses] — процесс produce [pro'dju;s[ — производить, создавать producer [prs'djurss] — продюсер product ['prndaktl — продукт, результат professor [prs'f'ess] — профессор program(me) ['prsugram) —программа, план programmer ['ргоидг;етэ| — программист programming ['ргэидгжппо) — iipoi paM-мирование progress ['prsugres) — развитие, прогресс prohibit [prs'hibit] — запрещать prohibition [.praohi'bijn] — saiipeiucHiie project ['prndsakl) — проект, план promise ['promisj — обещание, обещать pronoun ['prounaun) — .местоимение pronounce [pra'nauns] — произносить pronunciation [prs'nAnsi'eiJan] — произношение properly ['pmpalil — правильно, надлежащим образом proposal [pra'pauzalj — предложение prospect [pra'spektj — перспектива, проспект protect [prs'tekt) — защищать, охранять protection [pra'tck/an] — защита, охрана protective [pra'tcktivj — защищающий proud [praud] — гордый to be proud of — гордиться proudly ['praudli) — гордо prove [pru:v[ — доказывать proverb ['pro\3:b[ — пословица provide [pra'vaid] — обеспечивать, снабжать provided [praVaidid] — при условии pub [рлЬ] — паб, пивная publish ['рлЫ|/| — публиковать, печатать, издавать publisher ['рлЬ1|Гз[ — издатель pumpkin |'рлтрк|п| — тыква punish ['рдтЯ — наказывать punishment ['рлш/тэп1[ — наказание pupil ['pju:pol[ — ученик puppy ['рлр1| — щенок purpose ['p'i:pos[ — причина put [рш[ (put) — класть, ставить puzzle |'рлхэ1[ — загадка, головоломка Q quality ['kwolili) — качество, сорт quarter ['kws:ia| — четверть question ['kwestfsn) — вопрос quick [kwik[ — быстрый, скорый quickly ['kwiklij — быстро, скоро quiet ['kwai3l[ — тихий, спокойный quietly ['kwaistli) — тихо, спокойно quit [kwit[ — покидать, бросать (делать что-то) quite ['kwait[ — вполне, совсем quiz [kwiz[ — викторина quotation [kwoo'tei/Dn] — цитата racist ['reisist) — расист; расистский radio ['rcidisu) — радио railway [’rcilwci] — железная дорога rain [rein| — дождь raincoat ['reinkaut) — плащ rainy I'reinil — дождливый raise [rciz[ — поднимать(ся), повышаться(ся) range [гсшсй — выстроить по определенно.му принципу rarely I'reali] — редко rather |'га:дэ[ — до некоторой степени, скорее., че.м reach ['rirtfj — достигать, доезжать до read [ri:d| (read) — читать reader ['riida) — читатель; книга для чтения ready ['redi| — готовый real |пэ1[ — подлинный, настоящий realize ['nalaiz] — осознавать, пони.мать really I'risli] — действительно; разве reason ['rizsnj — причина, объяснение receive [ri'skvj — получать 160 recent ['risantl — недавно recently I'risantli] — недавно, на днях recognize I'reksgnaizj — узнавать, признавать record (n'kD:d| — записывать recorder [ri'kada] — записывающее устройство tape recorder — магнитофон recover |гГклУэ| — выздоравливать recreation |,rekri'cijn| — развлечение, отдых recycle |,ri:'saik3l| — перерабатывать recycling l.rii'saikliol — переработка red |rcd| — красный reduce |n'dju:s| — уменьшать, сокращать refer |г|'Гз;| — обращаться за... reference I'rcfaransI — ссылка, сноска refrain |riTrcin| — припев refrigerator |пТг]с^эгсИэ| — холодильник region |'ri:d^an| — край, область, округ, район (страны) rehear.se |n'h3:s| — репетировать relation |ri'leij3n| — отношение relative I'rebtivl — родственник relax (ri'licks) — отдыхать, расслабляться religion |п'||фэп| — религия religious |ri'lict53s| — религиозный rely |ri'lai| (on) — доверять, полагаться (на) remain |n'mein| — оставаться remember |rr'membo| — помнить, запоминать remind ln'maind| — напоминать rent |rcnl| — арендовать repair |гфсэ| — чинить repairing |г|'реэпг)| — починка repeat |ri'pi:t| — повторять replace |ri'plcis| — .замещать, заменять reply Iri'plai] — ответ; отвечать report |ri'pD:t| — доклад, отчет; сообщать reported (speech) — косвенная речь (грам.) reporter |п'рэ:1э| — репортер republic [г|'рлЬ||к| — республика reputation l.repju'teijn) — репутация reread |ri‘ri:d| — перечитывать rescue |'reskju:| — спасение; спасать research |ri's3:tf] — научное исследование; исследовать researcher |п'5з:ф1 — исследователь respect |n’spckt| — уважение; уважать responsibility |п,$ропзэЪ||Ц|| — ответственность responsible |ri'spDnsibal| — ответственный rest |rest| — отдых; отдыхать restore (ri(st3:| — восстанавливать result |n'ZAll| — результат retell Iri^tel] (retold) — пересказывать return |ri't3:n] — возвращать(ся), отдавать in return — взамен ifri/i. Vocabulary review |ri'vju:| — обзор, обозрение; обозревать rewrite In'raitl — переписывать rich |п(Л — богатый to be rich In — быть богатым чем-либо rid |nd| (rid) — (избавлять to get rid of — избавляться от... ride [raid] (rode, ridden) — ехать right |rait| — правый, правильный ail right — все в порядке rights Iraits) — права ring |пг)] — кольцо rise [raiz] (rose, risen) — подниматься, вставать river I'nval — река riverside |'nv3said| — берег реки road |r3ud| — дорога roadside |'r3udsaid| — обочина roar [гз:| — рев, шум roaring Ггз:по| — гремящий, ревущий rocket I'rokit] — ракета role (гэи1| — роль romantic |гэ'т£епЧк| — романтический room |ru:m| — ко.мната round (raundl — круглый; вокруг royal |'гэ1э1| — королевский rubbish I'fAbiJl — мусор rude |ru:d| — грубый ruin |'ru:in| — разрушать rule lru:l| — правило; править run |глп| (ran, run) — бегать, бежать Russian |'глГэп| — русский, русский язык sad |saed| — грустный, печальный safe Iseif] — безопасный, надежный safely I'seiflil — безопасно sail IseilJ — парус salad I'saelsd] — салат salt [so;lt| — соль same |seim| — тот же самый sand |'s(ся), разделять(ся) separate |'separit| — отдеш.ный, особый, самостоятельный separately ГксрэгнЬ) — раздельно, отдельно September |sep'lembo| — сентябрь serious |'si,Trias| — серье.зный seriously I'siariaslil — серьезно set |sel| (set) — набор; ставить, класть seven |'scv,Tn| — семь seventy I'sevanlil — семьдесят several |'sevaral| — несколько severe |мЧта| — строгий, суровый sex |seks| — пол shade |Teid| — тень, оттенок shake |.feik| (shook, shaken) — трясти to shake hands with each other / shake each other’s hands — пожимат ь руки to shake like leaf — дрожать как лист to shake one’s head — покачать головой (ti знпк неодобрения или отрицания) to shake with laughter — трястись от смеха shall |.(a‘l, .fal| — веномоешнелиный глагол будущего времени. I л. ед. и мн. ч. share ||са| — делиться, пользоваться вместе shark L|a:k| — акула , "Л she [П:| — она [_________j sheep I П:(т| — oBBfa sheet IIV.ll — лист shelf {pi. shelves) — иолка shine Lfainl (shone) — светить ship IJipl — корабл!. shop Ijbpi — iviai aanH to go shopping I'lbpiiil — ходит ь за покупками short |(b:t| — короткий shorten ||f3;tn| — укорачивать(ся) should l.fud. Jbdl — вспо.чогательный модальный глагол shoulder C(3old,T| — плечо shout l.latn) — крик; кричать show |Jau| (showed, shown) — представление, шоу; иоказ1>1ватт. shrinking I'I'rmkii.il — уменынение shy |Jai| — застенчивый shyness Ifiiinasl - скромность sick |sik| — больной to feel sick (to be sick) — iiciiiiin.iBaTb недомогание, тошноту side |said| — сторона sight jsaitl —достоири.мечателыюсть; взгляд sign [sign] — надпись; подписывать(ся) silence l'sailans| — тишина silly I'silil — глупый similar |'мта1.т| — подобный, похожий simple I'simpll — простой simply I'sinipli] — просто since |sins| — c rex nop как sincerely |sin'si.Tli| (Yours sincerely) — искренне Ваш (в ниеьмах) sing lsii.ll (sang, sung) — петь single I'sitigall — единственный, одинокий sir |S3:| — сзр sister I'sislal — сестра sit |sit| (sat) — сидеть situated |'siljt)eitid| — расположенный situation |,snju'ei|bn| — ситуация .six |siks| — шесть sixteen |,siks'ti;n| — шестнадцать size |saiz| — размер, величина size-friendly — большой размер (одежды) skiing I'skiii.il — катание на лыжах skin |skin| — кожа, шкура sky |skai| — небо sled |sled| — сани; ехать на санях sleep |sli:p| (slept) — спать slim |slini| — худенький, стройный slogan I'slaoganl — призыв, девиз slow |sbo| — медленный 162 slowly ['slaulil — медленно small |smo:l| — маленький smart lsma:t| — умный smile Ismail) — улыбка; улыбаться smoke [smauk| — дым; курить smoking I'smaukipl — курение smth — CM. something l's,\m0H)| snake |sneik| — змея snow |snao| — снег snowfall |'snauf3:l| — снегопад snowy 1'sn.wi] — снежный, покрытый снегом so |s3u| — так, такой, поэтому soap Isaupj — телесериал, “мыльная опера” sociable |'sau/9bal| — общительный social I'saujoll — общественный society I'so'saiili] — общество soft I'snftl — мягкий softly |softli| — мягко solar I'seubl — солнечный Solar System — Солнечная система soldier |'saul(|p| — солдат solution |sa'lu;fan| — решение solve (sdIv'I — решать some IsAni) — несколько, некоторое количество, какой-то somebody |'sAmbadi| — кто-то, кто-нибудь someone |'sAmwAii| — кто-то, кто-нибудь something |'sAmOip| — что-то. что-нибудь sometimes |'sAmiaimz| — иногда somewhere I'sAmwesj — где-то, где-нибудь son |sAn] — сын song (sDol — песня soon |su:n| — скоро sorry I'sDri) — извините sort [sort] — род, сорт sound |saund| — звук; звуковой south |saue| — ЮГ southern I'sAdan) — южный space |speis| — пространство, космос spaceman |'spcisma;n| — космонавт spaceship |'speis/ip| — космический корабль spacesuit|'speissu;t| — скафандр Spanish |'sp| — подростковый teenager |'ti;neKfp| — подросток в возрасте от 13 до 19 лет teeth |11й) — (см. tooth) зубы telegram |'tclogra:ni| — телеграмма telegraph ('teligruil'l — телеграф telephone I'lelibun) — телефон telescope ['tcltskaupl — телескоп television ['teic.vi.pnl — телевидение tell |tcl| (told) — рассказывать, сказать (кому-то что-то) telly I'lelil — телевизор (разг.) temperature |Четрэга(|'э| — температура ten |ten| — десять tender I'tcnda) — нежный tennis I'tenisl — теннис tense |lens| — время (грам.) terrible I'tcribal] — ужасный, страшный terrific Ita'rifik) — ужасающий, необычный test |tcsi| — тест text (tcksti — текст textbook I'lekstbuk) — учебник than |бщп| — чем thank |ваг11к| — благодарить Thank goodness! — Слава Богу! thankful I'Oteokfal] — благодарный thanks (Oxriksl — спасибо Thanksgiving (,68eoks'givir)] Day — День благодарения that |бж!| — что, тот, та, который the Ids. dt| — определенный артикль theatre |'0ists] — театр their |des| — их (чей?) theirs |deoz| — их them |Ocm| — им. их (кого?) themselves |dem'selvz] — (они) сами, себя then |dcn| — потом, затем 164 there |деэ| — там, туда these |di2| — эти they |dei| — они thick [6ik| — толстый, густой thing |01Г)| — вещь think lOiokl (thought) — думать third |03:d| — третий this |dis| — это, этот, эта those [dauzl — те though |Дзо| — хотя, несмотря на thought |G.Tt| — мысль thousand |'0au7.and| — тысяча threat [OrelI — угроза threat against smb — угроза кому-то threat of smth — угроза чему-то under the threat of — поставить что-либо под угрозу threaten |'()retn| — грозить, угрожать threatening |'Orclniri| — угрожающий three I Ori:| — три thriller I'Orila) — триллер (приключенческое произведение, вызывающее сильные эмоции — беспокойство, страх и т. д.) throat |GratJt| — горло through |0ru:| — через, сквозь throughout lGru:'aut] — во всех отношениях; повсюду throw IGratt] (threw, thrown) — бросать to throw away ['Grau a'wei| — выбрасывать thunder ['G.Midal — гром Thursday ['Gaizdi] — четверг tick |tik| — отмечать галочкой ticket I’tikit] — билет time Itaim) — время, раз in time — вовремя on time — вовремя (как предполагалось) how many times — сколько раз tip |tip] — тонкий конец, кончик, край tired [taiad] — уставший to be tired of — устать от title I'taitl] — заглавие to (tu:, ta| — K, B, на (предлог на вопрос куда?) to — частица глагола в неопределенной форме toast (taustj — тост (ломтик хлеба, подрумяненный на огне) today |ta‘det| — сегодня together (ta'gedaj — вместе toilet I'tailitl — туалет tolerant I'tnlarantl — терпимый tomorrow Ita'morau] — завтра ton [Un] — тонна tonight Ita'nait] — сегодня too jtu:] — тоже, также, слишком, очень tooth |tu:G| (pi teeth) — зуб top |tnp] — верх Vocabulary topic I'lnpik) — тема, предмет обсуждения tornado |ta,^neidau| — торнадо, шквал, смерч touch [tA^ — дотрагиваться, касаться to keep in touch, to be In touch — держать связь, быть в контакте touching I'U^nj] — трогательный tour [tua] — путешествие, поездка tourist ['tuarist] — турист towards [taSvadz] — к, по направлению к town |laun] — город toy [toil — игрушка: игрушечный tractor I'tirekta] — трактор tradition |tra'dijan| — традиция traditional Itro'difanol] — традиционный traditionally Itra'dijanali] — no традиции traffic |'tr